WELLS FARGO & CO
10-K405, 1998-03-16
NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: WELLS FARGO & CO, DEF 14A, 1998-03-16
Next: EMCOR GROUP INC, 424B2, 1998-03-16



<PAGE>

                                   UNITED STATES
                        SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   --------------

                                      FORM 10-K

                    Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
                          the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the year ended December 31, 1997            Commission file number 1-6214

                               -----------------------

                                WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
               (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                      Delaware                       No. 13-2553920
             (State of incorporation)               (I.R.S. Employer
                                                   Identification No.)

       420 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California      94163
          (Address of principal executive offices)        (Zip Code)

     Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  1-800-411-4932

     SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

                                                        Name of Each Exchange
         Title of Each Class                             on Which Registered
         -------------------                            ---------------------

   Common Stock, par value $5                          New York Stock Exchange
                                                       Pacific Exchange
Adjustable Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B   New York Stock Exchange

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.              Yes   X    No
                                                    -----     -----

     Indicate by check mark whether disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is contained herein, or will be contained, to the
best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K.
                                                Yes   X    No
                                                    -----     -----
     As of February 20, 1998 (the latest practicable date), 85,746,327 shares of
common stock were outstanding.  On the same date, the aggregate market value of
common stock held by nonaffiliates was approximately $26,845 million.

                         DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the 1997 Annual Report to Shareholders - Incorporated into Parts I,
II and IV.
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 1998 Annual Meeting of Shareholders -
Incorporated into Part III.

<PAGE>

                           FORM 10-K CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Page
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
                                                                      FORM      Annual                       Proxy
                                                                      10-K      Report (1)               Statement (2)
                                                                      ----      ------                   ---------
                                                            PART I
<S>                                                                   <C>       <C>                      <C>
Item 1.   Business
            Description of Business                                   2-5       10-72                    --
            Statistical Disclosure:
              Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and
                Stockholders' Equity; Interest Rates
                and Interest Differential                             6         16-19                    --
              Investment Portfolio                                    --        21-22, 39-40, 44-45      --
              Loan Portfolio                                          7-11      22-26, 40-41, 46-48      --
              Summary of Loan Loss Experience                         11-13     26-27, 40-41, 47         --
              Deposits                                                --        18-19, 28, 50            --
              Return on Equity and Assets                             --        10-11                    --
              Short-Term Borrowings                                   --        50                       --
Item 2.   Properties                                                  14        --                       --
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings                                           --        64                       --
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security-
            Holders (in fourth quarter 1997) (3)                      --        --                       --
          Executive Officers of the Registrant                        15        --                       --

                                                            PART II

Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity and
            Related Stockholder Matters                               --        34, 43-44                --
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data                                     --        12                       --
Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Finan-
            cial Condition and Results of Operations                  --        10-34                    --
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                 --        35-72                    --
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
            on Accounting and Financial Disclosure (3)                --        --                       --

                                                            PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the
            Registrant                                                15                  --             7-9
Item 11.  Executive Compensation                                      --        --                       3-4, 10-15
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
            Owners and Management                                     --        --                       5-6
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions              --        --                       18-20

                                                            PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and
            Reports on Form 8-K                                       16-18     35-72                    --

SIGNATURES                                                            19        --                       --
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  The 1997 Annual Report to Shareholders, portions of which are incorporated
     by reference into this Form 10-K.
(2)  The Proxy Statement dated March 16, 1998 for the 1998 Annual Meeting of
     Shareholders, portions of which are incorporated by reference into this
     Form 10-K.
(3)  None.


                                          1
<PAGE>

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

GENERAL

          Wells Fargo & Company (Parent) is a bank holding company registered
under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.  Based on assets as of
December 31, 1997, it was the tenth largest bank holding company in the United
States.  Its principal subsidiary is Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (Bank). Wells Fargo
& Company and its subsidiaries are hereinafter referred to as the Company.

THE BANK

          HISTORY AND GROWTH

          The Bank is the successor to the banking portion of the business
founded by Henry Wells and William G. Fargo in 1852.  That business later
operated the westernmost leg of the Pony Express and ran stagecoach lines in the
western part of the United States.  The California banking business was
separated from the express business in 1905 and was merged in 1960 with American
Trust Company, another of the oldest banks in the Western United States. The
Bank became Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a national banking association, in 1968.
Its head office is located in San Francisco, California.

          In 1986, the Company acquired from Midland Bank plc all the common
stock of Crocker National Corporation, a bank holding company whose principal
subsidiary was Crocker National Bank, the 17th largest bank in the U.S. at the
time.  In 1988, the Company acquired Barclays Bank of California with assets of
$1.3 billion.

          In 1990 and 1991, the Company completed the two-phase purchase of the
130-branch California network of Great American Bank (GA), a Federal Savings
Bank.  The Company acquired assets with a GA book value of $5.8 billion.

          Also during 1990, the Company completed the acquisition of four
California banking companies with combined assets of $1.9 billion:  Valley
National Bank of Glendale, Central Pacific Corporation of Bakersfield, the
Torrey Pines Group of Solana Beach and Citizens Holdings and its two banking
subsidiaries in Orange County.

          On April 1, 1996, the Company completed its acquisition (Merger) of
First Interstate Bancorp (First Interstate). The Company acquired assets with a
First Interstate book value of approximately $55 billion.  The purchase price
was approximately $11.3 billion.  The Merger was accounted for as a purchase
transaction.  Accordingly, the results of operations and assets/liabilities of
First Interstate are included with those of the Company for periods subsequent
to the date of the Merger (i.e., the financial information for periods prior to
April 1, 1996 included in this 10-K exclude First Interstate). The Merger is
discussed in the 1997 Annual Report to Shareholders.


                                          2
<PAGE>
          For further information, see the Line of Business Results section of
the 1997 Annual Report to Shareholders.

          The following table shows selected information for the Bank:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                              December 31,
                                                          -----------------------------------------------
(dollars in billions)                                        1997      1996      1995      1994      1993
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Investment securities                                       $ 8.8     $12.3     $ 8.5     $11.2     $12.7
Loans                                                       $61.0     $61.5     $34.6     $35.7     $32.4
Assets                                                      $89.2     $98.7     $48.6     $51.9     $50.7
Deposits                                                    $68.1     $75.9     $39.0     $42.4     $42.4
Staff (active, full-time equivalent)                       30,504    33,939    18,129    19,117    19,324
Physical distribution offices (all domestic)                1,754     1,835       974       634       624
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>


OTHER BANK SUBSIDIARIES

          In 1995, the Company formed Wells Fargo Bank (Arizona), N.A., a
national bank subsidiary, to operate the Company's credit card business.  The
Company also has a majority ownership interest in the Wells Fargo HSBC Trade
Bank, N.A. established in 1995 that provides trade financing, letters of credit
and collection services.

          On April 1, 1996, the California bank of First Interstate merged 
into the Bank.  In June 1996, the Company merged former First Interstate bank 
subsidiaries in six states (Idaho, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah and 
Washington) into the Bank. In September 1996, Wells Fargo Bank of Arizona, 
N.A. (formerly First Interstate Bank of Arizona, N.A.) merged into the Bank. 
In June 1997, Wells Fargo Bank (Colorado), N.A. (formerly First Interstate 
Bank of Denver, N.A.) was merged into the Bank.  In addition, the Company 
completed the sales of the First Interstate banks in Wyoming, Montana and 
Alaska in the fourth quarter of 1996. Each bank had three branches.  The 
three banks had aggregate assets of approximately $.6 billion and aggregate 
deposits of approximately $.5 billion. The remaining former First Interstate 
bank subsidiary, Wells Fargo Bank (Texas), N.A. (formerly First Interstate 
Bank, Texas), is expected to merge into the Bank as soon as permitted by 
applicable state law (i.e., not earlier than September 1999).

NONBANK SUBSIDIARIES

          The Company has wholly-owned subsidiaries that provide various
banking-related services.  In the aggregate, these subsidiaries are not material
to the Company's assets or net income.


                                          3
<PAGE>

COMPETITION

          The Company competes for deposits, loans and other banking services in
its principal geographic market in the Western United States, as well as in
selected national markets as opportunities arise.  The banking business is
highly competitive and has become increasingly so in recent years; the industry
continues to consolidate and strong, unregulated competitors have entered core
banking markets with focused products targeted at highly profitable customer
segments. These unregulated competitors, such as investment companies,
specialized lenders and multinational financial services companies, compete
across geographic boundaries and provide customers increasing access to
meaningful alternatives to banking services in nearly all significant products.
These competitive trends are likely to continue.

          Within the banking industry, ongoing consolidation has increased
pressure on the Company from its most significant competitor in California, Bank
of America, the fifth largest bank holding company in the United States based on
assets as of December 31, 1997. Moreover, federal and state legislation adopted
in recent years has increased competition by allowing banking organizations from
other parts of the country to enter the Company's core geographic market (see
"Supervision and Regulation" for further discussion of such legislation and the
competitive environment in which the Company operates).

          Among commercial banks, the Bank is presently the second largest
holder of customer deposits in California.  There is no meaningful measure of
overall market share within the broadly defined financial services industry.

MONETARY POLICY

          The earnings of the Company are affected not only by general economic
conditions, but also by the policies of various governmental regulatory
authorities in the U.S. and abroad. In particular, the Federal Reserve System
exerts a substantial influence on interest rates and credit conditions,
primarily through open market operations in U.S. Government securities, varying
the discount rate on member bank borrowings and setting reserve requirements
against deposits. Federal Reserve monetary policies have had a significant
effect on the operating results of financial institutions in the past and are
expected to continue to do so in the future.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

          Under the Bank Holding Company Act, the Company is required to file
reports of its operations with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System and is subject to examination by it.  Further, the Act restricts the
activities in which the Company may engage and the nature of any company in
which the Parent may own more than 5% of any class of the voting shares.
Generally, permissible activities are limited to banking, the business of
managing and controlling banks, and activities so closely related to banking as
determined by the Board of Governors to be proper incidents thereto.

          Under the Act, the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of
any domestic bank or savings association or the ownership or control of more
than 5% of its voting shares by a


                                          4
<PAGE>

bank holding company is subject to prior approval by the Board of Governors.
Under the Riegle-Neal Act, bank holding companies which are adequately
capitalized and adequately managed are now permitted to make interstate
acquisitions of banks without regard to state law restrictions.  The merger of
commonly owned banks in different states is also permitted, except in states,
such as Texas, which have passed legislation to prohibit such mergers.  The
statute permits banks to establish branches outside their home state in states
which pass legislation to permit such interstate branching.

          The Bank is subject to certain restrictions under the Federal Reserve
Act, including restrictions on the terms of transactions between the Bank and
its affiliates and on any extension of credit to its affiliates.  Dividends
payable by the Bank to the Parent without the express approval of the Office of
the Comptroller of the Currency are limited by a formula.  For more information
regarding restrictions on loans and dividends by the Bank to its affiliates, see
Note 3 to the Financial Statements in the 1997 Annual Report to Shareholders.

          There are various requirements and restrictions in the laws of the
U.S. and the states in which the Bank operates, including restrictions on the
amount of its loans to a borrower and its affiliates and the nature and amount
of its investments, its ability to act as an underwriter of securities, its
opening of branches and its acquisition of other banks or savings associations.
The Bank, as a national bank, is subject to regulation and examination by the
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System and the FDIC.

          Major regulatory changes affecting the Bank, banking and the financial
services industry in general have occurred in the last several years and can be
expected to occur in the future.  Federal banking legislation since 1980 has
deregulated interest rate ceilings on deposits at banks and thrift institutions
and has increased the types of accounts that can be offered.  Generally, federal
banking legislation has narrowed the functional distinctions among financial
institutions.  The consumer and commercial banking powers of thrift institutions
have expanded, and state-chartered banks in certain states are authorized to
engage in all activities which are permissible for national banks and in certain
cases may, with approval of the FDIC, engage in activities, such as insurance
underwriting, which are not authorized for national banks.

          Non-depository institutions can be expected to increase the extent to
which they act as financial intermediaries, particularly in the area of consumer
credit services.  Large institutional users and sources of credit may also
increase the extent to which they interact directly, meeting business credit
needs outside the banking system.

          These changes create significant opportunities for the Company, as
well as the financial services industry, to compete in financial markets on a
less-regulated basis.  They also suggest that the Company and, particularly, the
Bank will face new and major competitors in geographic and product markets in
which their operations historically have been protected by banking laws and
regulations.


                                          5
<PAGE>

ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME

          The following table allocates the changes in net interest income on a
taxable-equivalent basis to changes in either average balances or average rates
for both interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  Because of
the numerous simultaneous volume and rate changes during any period, it is not
possible to precisely allocate such changes between volume and rate.  For this
table, changes that are not solely due to either volume or rate are allocated to
these categories in proportion to the percentage changes in average volume and
average rate.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                       Year ended December 31,
                                                       -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   1997 OVER 1996               1996 over 1995
                                                       --------------------------     ------------------------
(in millions)                                         VOLUME      RATE     TOTAL    Volume      Rate     Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Increase (decrease) in interest income:
  Federal funds sold and securities
    purchased under resale agreements                 $  (11)      $--    $  (11)   $   25    $   --    $   25
  Investment securities:
    At fair value:
      U.S. Treasury securities                            15         6        21       114        (3)      111
      Securities of U.S. government agencies
        and corporations                                 (89)       16       (73)      344        10       354
      Private collateralized mortgage obligations          8         7        15       101         2       103
      Other securities                                    (7)       (2)       (9)       33       (16)       17
    At cost (1):
      U.S. Treasury securities                            --        --        --       (61)       --       (61)
      Securities of U.S. government agencies
        and corporations                                  --        --        --      (269)       --      (269)
      Private collateralized mortgage obligations         --        --        --       (66)       --       (66)
      Other securities                                    --        --        --       (10)       --       (10)
  Mortgage loans held for sale                            --        --        --       (76)       --       (76)
  Loans:
    Commercial                                           175         8       183       728       (80)      648
    Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                  8         7        15       277         4       281
    Other real estate mortgage                            13        45        58       319       (16)      303
    Real estate construction                              22        (7)       15        99         3       102
    Consumer:
      Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage         19        17        36       223        17       240
      Credit card                                         29       (21)        8       209       (27)      182
      Other revolving credit and monthly payment          39       (22)       17       473       (29)      444
    Lease financing                                       78        --        78        94        (6)       88
    Foreign                                               (2)       --        (2)        8        --         8
  Other                                                   29         3        32        23         1        24
                                                      ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
    Total increase (decrease) in interest income         326        57       383     2,588      (140)    2,448
                                                      ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------

Increase (decrease) in interest expense:
  Deposits:
    Interest-bearing checking                            (32)        3       (29)        3        11        14
    Market rate and other savings                         69        (9)       60       367         5       372
    Savings certificates                                  57        29        86       315       (27)      288
    Other time deposits                                  (10)       (7)      (17)       --         3         3
    Deposits in foreign offices                           16         1        17       (76)      (12)      (88)
  Federal funds purchased and securities
  sold under repurchase agreements                        59         3        62       (88)      (19)     (107)
  Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings        (4)        5         1        (8)       (8)      (16)
  Senior debt                                            (18)        4       (14)       38        (9)       29
  Subordinated debt                                       25         2        27        64         6        70
  Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests
  in Company's subordinated debentures                    95        --        95         6        --         6
                                                      ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
    Total increase (decrease) in interest expense        257        31       288       621       (50)      571
                                                      ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------

Increase (decrease) in net interest income
  on a taxable-equivalent basis                       $   69    $   26    $   95    $1,967    $  (90)   $1,877
                                                      ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                      ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>
(1)  As investment securities at cost were reclassified to the at-fair-value
     portfolio on November 30, 1995, the decrease in net interest income for
     1996 over 1995 was entirely due to volume.


                                          6
<PAGE>

LOAN PORTFOLIO

          The following table presents the remaining contractual principal
maturities of selected loan categories at December 31, 1997 and a summary of the
major categories of loans outstanding at the end of the last five years.  At
December 31, 1997, the Company did not have loan concentrations that exceeded
10% of total loans, except as shown below.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                            DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                OVER ONE YEAR
                                           THROUGH FIVE YEARS       OVER FIVE YEARS
                                           -------------------  -------------------
                                                     FLOATING              FLOATING
                                                           OR                    OR
                                ONE YEAR   FIXED   ADJUSTABLE     FIXED  ADJUSTABLE                                    December 31,
                                                                                                ----------------------------------
(in millions)                    OR LESS    RATE         RATE      RATE        RATE     TOTAL     1996     1995      1994     1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>     <C>       <C>
Selected loan maturities:
  Commercial                     $ 9,896 $ 1,007      $ 7,453    $  412      $1,376   $20,144  $19,515  $ 9,750   $ 8,162  $ 6,912
  Real estate 1-4 family first
    mortgage (1)                     781     530          129     3,244       4,185     8,869   10,425    4,448     9,050    7,458
  Other real estate mortgage       1,704   1,361        3,763     2,918       2,440    12,186   11,860    8,263     8,079    8,286
  Real estate construction         1,283      79          767        79         112     2,320    2,303    1,366     1,013    1,110
  Foreign                             29      18           21        10           1        79      169       31        27       18
                                 ------- -------      -------   -------      ------   -------  -------  -------   -------  -------

        Total selected loan
           maturities            $13,693 $ 2,995      $12,133    $6,663      $8,114    43,598   44,272   23,858    26,331   23,784
                                 ------- -------      -------   -------      ------   -------  -------  -------   -------  -------
                                 ------- -------      -------   -------      ------

Other loan categories:
  Real estate 1-4 family
    junior lien mortgage                                                                5,865    6,278    3,358     3,332    3,583
  Credit card                                                                           5,039    5,462    4,001     3,125    2,600
  Other revolving credit and
    monthly payment                                                                     7,185    8,374    2,576     2,229    1,920
                                                                                      -------  -------  -------   -------  -------
        Total consumer                                                                 18,089   20,114    9,935     8,686    8,103

  Lease financing                                                                       4,047    3,003    1,789     1,330    1,212
                                                                                      -------  -------  -------   -------  -------

        Total loans                                                                   $65,734  $67,389  $35,582   $36,347  $33,099
                                                                                      -------  -------  -------   -------  -------
                                                                                      -------  -------  -------   -------  -------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


(1)  Includes approximately $1 billion of fixed-initial-rate mortgage (FIRM)
     loans in the over 5 year fixed rate category.  FIRM loans carry fixed rates
     during the first 3, 5, 7 or 10 years (based on the period selected by the
     borrower) of the loan term and carry adjustable rates thereafter.


                                          7
<PAGE>

UNDERWRITING POLICIES AND PRACTICES

          It is the policy of the Company to grant credit in accordance with the
principles of sound risk management and the Company's business strategy. The
Company obtains and analyzes sufficient information to ensure that the purpose
of a credit extension is lawful and productive and that the borrower is able to
repay as scheduled. Credit is structured in a manner consistent with such
supporting analysis and is monitored to detect changes in quality. The Company's
credit policies establish the fundamental credit principles which guide the
Company in granting loans, leases, lines of credit, standby and commercial
letters of credit, acceptances and commitments ("direct credit") to customers on
an unsecured, partially secured or fully secured basis. The credit product line
for both businesses and individuals includes standardized products as well as
customized, individual accommodations. In addition, the Company provides
products and services which could become direct credit exposure unless such
products are offered on a "cash only" basis. These include: automated clearing
house services, controlled disbursement, wire services, foreign exchange
services, interest rate protection products, Federal fund lines to banks, cash
letters and deposit accounts which create exposure by allowing use of funds
advanced/uncollected funds ("operating credit"). Standardized documentation and
underwriting and a study of the requirements of the secondary market are an
explicit consideration in credit product development.

          The Company requires some degree of background check into character
and credit history of all its credit customers. Extensions of credit must be
supported by current financial information on the borrower (and guarantor) which
is appropriate to the size and type of credit being offered; such information
can denote any material which serves to inform the Company about the financial
health of its credit customers. An accompanying credit analysis includes, at a
minimum, an evaluation of the customer's financial strength and probability of
repayment, with due consideration given to the negative factors which may affect
the borrower's ability to meet repayment schedules. Collateral is valued in
accordance with Company appraisal standards and, where applicable, appraisal
regulations issued under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and
Enforcement Act of 1989 and other applicable law. For commercial real estate
transactions, the recommending officer reviews and evaluates the key assumptions
supporting the appraised value.

          In addition to a broad range of laws and regulations and the Company's
credit policies, the Company has established minimum underwriting standards
which delineate criteria for sources of repayment, financial strength and
enhancements such as guarantees. The primary source of repayment will be
recurring cash flow of the borrower or cash flow from the real estate project
being financed. Underwriting standards include: minimum financial condition and
cash flow hurdles for unsecured credit; maximum loan to collateral value ratios
for secured products; minimum cash flow coverage of debt service, or debt to
income ratios, for term products; minimum liquidity and maximum financial
leverage requirements when lending to highly leveraged borrowers; and, for
certain products, a description of any credit scoring criteria and methodology
employed. Prudent credit practice will permit credit extensions which are an
exception to the minimum underwriting standards; procedures for


                                          8
<PAGE>

approval of exceptions are included in Company policy; and certain exceptions
are reported to the Board of Directors.

          Generally, the Company's minimum underwriting standards for commercial
real estate include various maximum loan-to-value ("LTV") ratios ranging from
50% to 80%, depending on the type of collateral and the size and purpose of the
loan; minimum debt service (stabilized net income divided by debt service cost)
ranging from 1.10 to 1.30 depending on the type of property financed; and
maximum terms ranging from 2 to 15 years for certain commercial property loans
depending on the same loan/collateral characteristics. For example, a typical
owner-occupied commercial real estate loan would most often have a maximum LTV
of 80%, debt service coverage of 1.25 and a term of 4 to 15 years. For community
reinvestment projects, the Company applies special underwriting criteria to its
financing of construction of affordable multi-family housing in California built
by non-profit as well as for-profit developers.

          The Company has devoted a limited portion of its commercial real
estate portfolio to higher-risk loans, for which a commensurate return is
expected. Such transactions include purchases of performing or distressed real
estate loans at a discount, acquisition of rated and unrated tranches of
commercial mortgage obligations, senior loan originations, mezzanine financing
and origination of single assets for securitization. Many of the higher-yielding
transactions may contain non-recourse provisions. In general, this business is
more "opportunistic" in nature, as opposed to representing a highly defined
lending program. As such, higher LTVs (up to 90% or 95%) will be underwritten on
occasion, particularly in the case of junior and senior participating debt.

          Generally, commercial loan categories include unsecured loans and
lines of credit with minimum debt service coverage (earnings before interest,
taxes, depreciation and amortization divided by debt service cost) dependent on
the specific credit analysis. Common forms of collateral pledged to secure
commercial credit accommodations include accounts receivable, inventories,
equipment, agricultural crops or livestock, marketable securities and cash or
cash equivalent. In addition to the minimum debt service requirements, most
transactions have maximum terms of 1 to 7 years and/or LTVs in the range of 65%
to 85%, based on an analysis of the collateral pledged.  Wells Fargo HSBC Trade
Bank, which provides trade financing, letters of credit, foreign exchange
services and collection services, generally uses the same underwriting
guidelines as the Company has established for its commercial lending functions.

          The Company also allocates a small percentage of its commercial loan
portfolio to the origination of asset-based loans secured by "hard assets"
(accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and/or real estate). In contrast to
traditional commercial lending, asset-based borrowers generally do not have the
ability to repay their debts through cash flow; therefore, such loans are fully
secured and tailored to the growth and turnover of the borrower's
self-liquidating asset base. Maximum LTVs are generally in the range of 65% to
85%, with specialized collateral monitoring and control procedures in place to
mitigate risk exposure.


                                          9
<PAGE>
          The Company has devoted a focused product group to providing a full
range of credit products to small businesses with annual sales of up to $10
million and in which the owner of the business is also the principal financial
decision maker.  Credit products include lines of credit, receivables and
inventory financing, equipment loans and leases and real estate financing.  In
addition, the group employs a variety of government sponsored credit programs
designed to meet the credit needs of small businesses who fit "near bankable"
business profiles.  The group utilizes automated credit decision methods,
including credit scoring and rule-based criteria, to approve or decline requests
for credit.   In some cases, more traditional analysis is employed.  An
evaluation of the soundness and desirability of collateral, if any, is also
required before an extension of credit will be made. Loan-to-value, debt service
coverage and maximum loan term underwriting guidelines employed are, in general,
similar to those described earlier for commercial and commercial real estate
loan products.

          The Company is an active participant in the national transportation
finance market, underwriting primarily consumer auto leases and indirect auto
loans (sales finance contracts). Direct (branch-originated) loans and marine and
recreational vehicle loans are also offered as accommodation products for our
retail customers and a select group of dealers in the Western states. Most
applicants for these credit products are assigned a credit score which is
indicative of their relative probability of repayment. The credit scoring models
are validated as to their predictive power on a periodic basis. The lending
group includes in its credit decisioning criteria other judgmental factors, such
as advance rate and debt to income ratio, which are used to augment this credit
score. However, all credit decisions made contrary to an established cut-off
score must be supported and documented by a credit officer with the appropriate
approval authority.

          The Company has recently refined its target market for offering
consumer credit cards and consumer loans and lines of credit to focus solely on
its franchise states in the Western U.S., although some accounts from previous
national campaigns remain in the portfolio. The majority of the customer base
resides in California. The credit review process includes initial screens to
ensure that applicants meet minimum age and income level requirements for the
product requested. Fraud screens are also completed. Credit bureau reports are
used to calculate the debt-to-income ratios and credit scores on which an
evaluation of creditworthiness is based. If accepted by the credit score,
applicants with major derogatory bureau information, minimal credit references
or high debt ratios are reviewed by an analyst for possible overrides, with
income verification and/or collateral verification required for certain products
and loan amounts.   Judgmental overrides of credit score declines will also
occur occasionally.

          The Company offers first mortgage loan products to customers through
Wells Resource Real Estate Services, a joint venture with PHH Mortgage Services.
The loan products are underwritten and funded by the joint venture partner (PHH
Mortgage Services), who packages the loans for sale in the secondary mortgage
markets.  A limited number of these loans are purchased by the Company,
typically for community lending purposes or other client accommodations.  The
Company continues to provide second mortgage loans and lines of credit secured
by first and second deeds of trust directly to its customers. The Company relies


                                          10
<PAGE>

on cash flow as the primary source of repayment for these equity products. The
nature of the credit review that is conducted depends on the product, but
typically consists of an evaluation of the applicant's debt ratios and credit
history, either judgmentally or using a credit score, along with a review of the
collateral. Maximum combined LTVs will range from 50% to 100% depending on the
nature, amount and term of the loan.

          The above underwriting practices are general standards that are
subject to change; the actual terms and conditions of a specific credit
transaction are dependent on an analysis of the specific transaction.

CHANGES IN THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Year Ended December 31,
                                                       ---------------------------------------------
(in millions)                                           1997      1996      1995      1994      1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
BALANCE, BEGINNING OF YEAR                           $ 2,018    $1,794    $2,082    $2,122    $2,067

Allowance of First Interstate                             --       770        --        --        --

Sale of former First Interstate banks                     --       (11)       --        --        --

Provision for loan losses                                615       105        --       200       550

Loan charge-offs:
  Commercial                                            (269)     (140)      (55)      (54)     (110)
  Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                  (19)      (18)      (13)      (18)      (25)
  Other real estate mortgage                             (18)      (40)      (52)      (66)     (197)
  Real estate construction                                (3)      (13)      (10)      (19)      (68)
  Consumer:
     Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage         (23)      (28)      (16)      (24)      (28)
     Credit card                                        (486)     (404)     (208)     (138)     (177)
     Other revolving credit and monthly payment         (219)     (186)      (53)      (36)      (41)
                                                     -------    ------     -----    ------    ------
       Total consumer                                   (728)     (618)     (277)     (198)     (246)
  Lease financing                                        (41)      (31)      (15)      (14)      (18)
                                                     -------    ------     -----    ------    ------
          Total loan charge-offs                      (1,078)     (860)     (422)     (369)     (664)
                                                     -------    ------     -----    ------    ------

Loan recoveries:
  Commercial                                              70        54        38        37        71
  Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                    4         8         3         6         2
  Other real estate mortgage                              53        47        53        22        47
  Real estate construction                                11        11         1        15         4
  Consumer:
     Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage           8         9         3         4         3
     Credit card                                          48        36        13        18        21
     Other revolving credit and monthly payment           67        47        12        11        12
                                                     -------    ------     -----    ------    ------
       Total consumer                                    123        92        28        33        36
  Lease financing                                         12         8        11        16         9
                                                     -------    ------     -----    ------    ------
          Total loan recoveries                          273       220       134       129       169
                                                     -------    ------     -----    ------    ------
            Total net loan charge-offs                  (805)     (640)     (288)     (240)     (495)
                                                     -------    ------     -----    ------    ------
BALANCE, END OF YEAR                                 $ 1,828    $2,018    $1,794    $2,082    $2,122
                                                     -------    ------     -----    ------    ------
                                                     -------    ------     -----    ------    ------

Total net loan charge-offs as a percentage of
  average total loans                                   1.25%     1.05%      .83%      .70%     1.44%
                                                      ------    ------     -----    ------    ------
                                                      ------    ------     -----    ------    ------

Allowance as a percentage of total loans                2.78%     3.00%     5.04%     5.73%     6.41%
                                                      ------    ------     -----    ------    ------
                                                      ------    ------     -----    ------    ------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                          11
<PAGE>

          The Securities and Exchange Commission requires the Company to present
the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total nonaccrual loans.  This
ratio was 346% and 283% at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.  This ratio
may fluctuate significantly from period to period due to such factors as the mix
of loan types in the portfolio, the prospects of borrowers and the value and
marketability of collateral as well as, for the nonaccrual portfolio taken as a
whole, wide variances from period to period in terms of delinquency and
relationship of book to contractual principal balance. Classification of a loan
as nonaccrual does not necessarily indicate that the principal of a loan is
uncollectible in whole or in part.  Consequently, the ratio of the allowance for
loan losses to nonaccrual loans, taken alone and without taking into account
numerous additional factors, is not a reliable indicator of the adequacy of the
allowance for loan losses.  Indicators of the credit quality of the Company's
loan portfolio and the method of determining the allowance for loan losses are
discussed in the 1997 Annual Report to Shareholders.

ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

          The table on the following page provides a breakdown of the allowance
for loan losses by loan category.  The Company has an established process to
determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses which assesses the risk
and losses inherent in its portfolio.  This process provides an allowance
consisting of two components, allocated and unallocated.  To arrive at the
allocated component of the allowance, the Company combines estimates of the
allowances needed for loans analyzed individually (including impaired loans
subject to FAS 114) and loans analyzed on a pool basis.  While coverage of one
year's losses is often adequate (particularly for homogeneous pools of loans),
the time period covered by the allowance may vary by portfolio, based on the
Company's best estimate of the inherent losses in the entire portfolio as of the
evaluation date.  The Company has deemed it prudent, when reviewing the overall
allowance, to maintain a total allowance in excess of projected losses.  To
mitigate the imprecision inherent in most estimates of expected credit losses,
the allocated component of the allowance is supplemented by an unallocated
component.  The unallocated component includes management's judgmental
determination of the amounts necessary for concentrations, economic
uncertainties and other subjective factors; correspondingly, the relationship of
the unallocated component to the total allowance for loan losses may fluctuate
from period to period.  Although management has allocated a portion of the
allowance to specific loan categories, the adequacy of the allowance must be
considered in its entirety.


                                          12
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                       December 31,
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in millions)                                 1997                1996 (1)            1995                1994                1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Commercial                                  $  367              $  277              $  148              $  109              $  152
Real estate 1-4 family first
 mortgage                                       23                  29                  46                  41                  39
Other real estate mortgage                     166                 232                 165                 212                 357
Real estate construction                        29                  40                  49                  45                  92
Consumer:
     Credit card  (2)                          428                 401                 332                  87                  96
     Other consumer                            163                 206                  87                  70                  87
                                            ------              ------              ------              ------              ------
      Total consumer                           591                 607                 419                 157                 183
Lease financing                                 43                  33                  28                  21                  19
Foreign                                          1                   2                  --                  --                  --
                                            ------              ------              ------              ------              ------
      Total allocated                        1,220               1,220                 855                 585                 842
Unallocated component of
     the allowance (3)                         608                 798                 939               1,497               1,280
                                            ------              ------              ------              ------              ------
      Total                                 $1,828              $2,018              $1,794              $2,082              $2,122
                                            ------              ------              ------              ------              ------
                                            ------              ------              ------              ------              ------

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                        December 31,
                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1997                1996                1995                1994                 1993
                                ------------------   -----------------   -----------------   -----------------  -------------------
                                  ALLOC.      LOAN    Alloc.      Loan    Alloc.      Loan    Alloc.      Loan   Alloc.        Loan
                                  ALLOW.    CATGRY    allow.    catgry    allow.    catgry    allow.    catgry   allow.      catgry
                                    AS %      AS %      as %      as %      as %      as %      as %      as %     as %        as %
                                 OF LOAN  OF TOTAL   of loan  of total   of loan  of total   of loan  of total  of loan    of total
                                  CATGRY     LOANS    catgry     loans    catgry     loans    catgry     loans   catgry       loans
                                  ------     -----    ------     -----    ------     -----    ------     -----   ------       -----
<S>                              <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>
Commercial                          1.82%       31%     1.42%       30%     1.52%       27%     1.34%       22%     2.20%       21%
Real estate 1-4 family first
mortgage                             .26        13       .28        15      1.03        13       .45        25       .52        23
Other real estate mortgage          1.36        19      1.96        18      2.00        23      2.62        22      4.31        25
Real estate construction            1.25         4      1.74         3      3.59         4      4.44         3      8.29         3
Consumer:
    Credit card (2)                 8.49         8      7.34         8      8.30        11      2.78         9      3.69         8
    Other consumer                  1.25        20      1.41        22      1.47        17      1.26        15      1.58        16
                                              ----                ----                ----                ----                ----
      Total consumer                3.27        28      3.02        30      4.22        28      1.81        24      2.26        24
Lease financing                     1.06         5      1.10         4      1.57         5      1.58         4      1.57         4
Foreign                             1.27        --      1.18        --        --        --        --        --        --        --
                                              ----                ----                ----                ----                ----

     Total allocated                1.86       100%     1.81       100%     2.40       100%     1.61       100%     2.54       100%
Unallocated component of
    the allowance (3)                .92                1.19                2.64                4.12                3.87
                                    ----                ----                ----                ----                ----
     Total                          2.78%               3.00%               5.04%               5.73%               6.41%
                                    ----                ----                ----                ----                ----
                                    ----                ----                ----                ----                ----
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


 (1) In 1996, the methods used for the allocation of the allowance for loan
     losses for all loan categories were modified.  For example, the
     modification of the method for determining the allocation for real
     estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans (and "other consumer" loans)
     generally reduced the number of months of projected losses covered
     compared with the method used in prior years.  The new methodology
     provided approximately 12 months coverage of projected loan losses for
     the real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans in 1997 and
     approximately 13 months coverage in 1996, compared with approximately
     40 months coverage in 1995.
 (2) The allocation for credit card loans in 1997, 1996 and 1995
     approximated 12 months of projected losses, compared with 7 months in
     1994 and 1993.
 (3) This amount and any unabsorbed portion of the allocated allowance are
     also available for any of the above listed loan categories.


                                          13
<PAGE>

PROPERTIES

          The Company occupied 2,146 premises, consisting of physical
distribution offices and administrative buildings, in 10 Western states as of
December 31, 1997.  On that date, 813 premises were owned, 1,294 premises were
leased and 39 premises were owned in part and leased in part.  The leases are
generally for terms not exceeding 30 years.

          The Company owns its 12-story headquarters building in San Francisco,
California; the Wells Fargo Centers in Phoenix, Arizona and Portland, Oregon;
and three data processing and operation centers totaling approximately 1,240,000
square feet in California, Oregon and Arizona.  The Company is also a joint
venture partner in two office buildings in downtown Los Angeles and one in
Sacramento, of which approximately 540,000 square feet is occupied by
administrative staff and 560,000 square feet is sublet.  In addition, the
Company leases approximately 8,900,000 square feet of office space for data
processing support and various administrative departments in major locations in
California, Texas, Arizona, Colorado and Oregon.

          At December 31, 1997, the Company had 956 traditional branches, 523
in-store branches, 377 banking centers and 27 business centers in 10 Western
states.  Motor banking facilities ("motorbanks") are available at 52 of the
traditional branches.


                                          14
<PAGE>

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      Date from
      Name                          Office held                       which held          Age
- -------------------           --------------------------              ----------          ---
<S>                           <C>                                     <C>                 <C>

*Paul Hazen                   Chairman of the Board, President        January 1995        56
                                and Chief Executive Officer

*Rodney L. Jacobs             Vice Chairman and                       January 1990        57
                                Chief Financial Officer
*Terri A. Dial                Vice Chairman                           March 1996          48
*Charles M. Johnson           Vice Chairman                           January 1992        56
*Clyde W. Ostler              Vice Chairman                           January 1990        51

 Michael J. Gillfillan        Vice Chairman and                       January 1992        49
                                Chief Credit Officer
 David A. Hoyt                Vice Chairman                           May 1997            42
 Joseph P. Stiglich           Vice Chairman                           May 1997            50
 Paul M. Watson               Vice Chairman                           March 1996          58

 Leslie L. Altick             Executive Vice President and            July 1995           47
                                Director of Corporate
                                Communications
 Ross J. Kari                 Executive Vice President                November 1995       39
                                and Finance Group Head
 Frank A. Moeslein            Executive Vice President                May 1990            54
                                and Controller
 Michael M. Patriarca         Executive Vice President and            April 1997          47
                                General Auditor
 Guy Rounsaville, Jr.         Executive Vice President,               March 1985          54
                                Chief Counsel and
                                Secretary
 Eric D. Shand                Executive Vice President and            July 1995           45
                                Chief Loan Examiner
 Kevin J. Sullivan            Executive Vice President                September 1997      56
                                and Personnel Director

</TABLE>

- -----------------------
* Office of the Chairman

     The principal occupation of each of the executive officers during the past
five years has been in the position reported above or in other positions as an
officer with the Company, except for Kevin J. Sullivan, who has been with the
Company since September 1997; prior to that, he was Senior Consultant, Human
Resources Strategy at Watson Wyatt from 1996 to 1997, and Senior Vice President,
Human Resources at Apple, Inc. from 1987 to 1996.

     There is no family relationship among the above officers.  All executive
officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.


                                          15
<PAGE>

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)  Financial Statements, Schedules and Exhibits:

     (1)  The consolidated financial statements and related notes, the
          independent auditors' report thereon and supplementary data that
          appear on pages 35 through 72 of the 1997 Annual Report to
          Shareholders are incorporated herein by reference.

     (2)  Financial Statement Schedules:

          All schedules are omitted, because the conditions requiring their
          filing do not exist.

     (3)  Exhibits:

          Exhibit
           number                        Description
          -------                        -----------

          3(a)  Restated Certificate of Incorporation, incorporated by
                reference to Exhibit 3(a) of Form 10-K filed March 21, 1994
           (b)  Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designation, Preferences and
                Relative, Participating, Optional or Other Special Rights, and
                the Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions Thereof, Which
                Have Not Been Set Forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or
                in any Amendment Thereto, of the Adjustable Rate Cumulative
                Preferred Stock, Series B, incorporated by reference to
                Exhibit 3(c) of Form 10-K filed March 21, 1994
           (c)  Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designation, Preferences and
                Relative, Participating, Optional or Other Special Rights, and
                the Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions Thereof, Which
                Have Not Been Set Forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or
                in any Amendment Thereto, of the Fixed/Adjustable Rate
                Noncumulative Preferred Stock, Series H, incorporated by
                reference to Exhibit 4(a) of Form 8-K/A filed September 23,
                1996
           (d)  By-Laws, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(ii) of Form 10-
                Q filed August 13, 1997

          4(a)  The Company hereby agrees to furnish upon request to the
                Commission a copy of each instrument defining the rights of
                holders of senior and subordinated debt of the Company.

         10(a)  Benefits Restoration Program, as amended through April 18,
                1995, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) of Form 10-K
                for the year ended December 31, 1995
           (b)  Deferral Plan for Directors, as amended through November 19,
                1991
           (c)  1990 Director Option Plan, as amended through November 19, 1991
           (d)  1987 Director Option Plan, as amended through February 21,
                1995, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company's
                Proxy Statement filed March 10, 1995, and as further amended by
                the amendment adopted September 16, 1997, incorporated by
                reference to Exhibit 10 to Form 10-Q filed November 13, 1997


                                          16
<PAGE>

         10(e)  Director Retirement Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                10(e) of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993
           (f)  1990 Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to
                Exhibit 10(f) of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995
           (g)  1982 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended through November 15,
                1988, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) of Form 10-K
                for the year ended December 31, 1993
           (h)  Executive Incentive Pay Plan, incorporated by reference to
                Exhibit 10(h) of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995
           (i)  Executive Loan Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i)
                of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994
           (j)  Long-Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                A of the Proxy Statement filed March 14, 1994
           (k)  Senior Executive Performance Plan, incorporated by reference to
                Exhibit B of the Proxy Statement filed March 14, 1994

         12(a)  Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges -- the
                ratios of earnings to fixed charges, including interest on
                deposits, were 1.89, 1.93, 2.19, 2.20 and 1.90 for the years
                ended December 31, 1997, 1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993,
                respectively.  The ratios of earnings to fixed charges,
                excluding interest on deposits, were 4.03, 4.64, 4.56, 5.04 and
                4.53 for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996, 1995, 1994
                and 1993, respectively.
         12(b)  Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and
                Preferred Dividends -- the ratios of earnings to fixed charges
                and preferred dividends, including interest on deposits, were
                1.86, 1.82, 2.09, 2.07 and 1.77 for the years ended December
                31, 1997, 1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. The ratios
                of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends, excluding
                interest on deposits, were 3.78, 3.78, 3.99, 4.18 and 3.51 for
                the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993,
                respectively.

         13     1997 Annual Report to Shareholders, pages 10 through 72

         21     Subsidiaries of the Registrant -- Wells Fargo & Company's only
                significant subsidiary, as defined, is Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

         23     Consent of Independent Accountants

         27     Financial Data Schedule


                                          17
<PAGE>

(b)  The Company filed the following reports on Form 8-K during the fourth
     quarter of 1997 and through the date hereof in 1998:

     (1)  October 21, 1997 under Item 5, containing the Press Release that
          announced the Company's financial results for the quarter ended
          September 30, 1997
     (2)  October 22, 1997 under Item 5, containing the Press Release that
          announced the Company's additional share repurchase authorization and
          quarterly common stock dividend
     (3)  January 20, 1998 under Item 5, containing the Press Release that
          announced the Company's financial results for the quarter and year
          ended December 31, 1997

                              STATUS OF PRIOR DOCUMENTS

     The Wells Fargo & Company Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1997, at the time of filing with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, shall modify and supersede all documents filed prior to January 1,
1998 pursuant to Sections 13, 14 and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 for purposes of any offers or sales of any securities after the date of
such filing pursuant to any Registration Statement or Prospectus filed pursuant
to the Securities Act of 1933 which incorporates by reference such Annual Report
on Form 10-K.


                                          18
<PAGE>

                                      SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 16, 1998.

                                   WELLS FARGO & COMPANY


                                   By:       FRANK A. MOESLEIN
                                        ---------------------------------
                                             Frank A. Moeslein
                                       (Executive Vice President and Controller)


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 16, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Signature                          Capacity
- ---------                          --------
<S>                               <C>
 PAUL HAZEN                       Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
- ---------------------------        Executive Officer (Principal Executive
(Paul Hazen)                       Officer)

 RODNEY L. JACOBS                 Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer
- ---------------------------        (Principal Financial Officer)
(Rodney L. Jacobs)                

 FRANK A. MOESLEIN                Executive Vice President and Controller
- ---------------------------        (Principal Accounting Officer)
(Frank A. Moeslein)               

 H. JESSE ARNELLE                 Director
- ---------------------------
(H. Jesse Arnelle)

                                  Director
- ---------------------------
(Michael R. Bowlin)

 EDWARD M. CARSON                 Director
- ---------------------------
(Edward M. Carson)

 WILLIAM S. DAVILA                Director
- ---------------------------
(William S. Davila)

 RAYBURN S. DEZEMBER              Director
- ---------------------------
(Rayburn S. Dezember)

                                  Director
- ---------------------------
(Robert K. Jaedicke)

                                  Director
- ---------------------------
(Thomas L. Lee)

 ELLEN M. NEWMAN                  Director
- ---------------------------
(Ellen M. Newman)

 PHILIP J. QUIGLEY                Director
- ---------------------------
(Philip J. Quigley)

 CARL E. REICHARDT                Director
- ---------------------------
(Carl E. Reichardt)

 DONALD B. RICE                   Director
- ---------------------------
(Donald B. Rice)

 RICHARD J. STEGEMEIER            Director
- ---------------------------
(Richard J. Stegemeier)

 SUSAN G. SWENSON                 Director
- ---------------------------
(Susan G. Swenson)

 DANIEL M. TELLEP                 Director
- ---------------------------
(Daniel M. Tellep)

 CHANG-LIN TIEN                   Director
- ---------------------------
(Chang-Lin Tien)

 JOHN A. YOUNG                    Director
- ---------------------------
(John A. Young)

</TABLE>


                                      19

<PAGE>

                                WELLS FARGO & COMPANY

                             DEFERRAL PLAN FOR DIRECTORS


                              I.  PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

The purpose of this Plan ("Plan") is to offer those members of the Board of
Directors  of Wells Fargo & Company ("Company") whose service with the Company
is limited to Board membership the opportunity to participate in a compensation
arrangement which will allow them to defer the receipt of all or a portion of
their remuneration from the Company each year.  This Plan is effective as of
January 1, 1992 and supersedes the prior Plan.

                           II.  ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

     (A)  The Plan shall be administered by the Company's Board of Directors
("Board"), which shall have sole authority to interpret and construe the
provisions of the Plan and to adopt rules and regulations for administering the
Plan.  Decisions of the Board shall be final and binding on all parties who have
an interest in the Plan.

     (B)  Only remuneration for services rendered as a Board member may be the
subject of deferral under this Plan.


                               III.  DEFERRAL ELECTION

     (A)  Each member of the Board who serves the Company in no capacity other
than as a Board member shall be eligible to participate in this Plan.  The
participation of each such member shall commence with his/her election to the
Board and shall continue throughout his/her period of Board membership.


                                          1
<PAGE>

     (B)  Each participant shall have the right to make an annual election to
defer the receipt of the remuneration payable to him/her for services rendered
as a Board member for each calendar year for which he/she is a participant in
the Plan and shall have the right to elect as to each such deferral to have such
deferred remuneration accounted for under paragraph IV as either units based on
stock value or as cash with interest by delivering a notice to the Board or its
designate prior to the commencement date of the calendar year for which the
remuneration is payable.

     (C)  Each participant may elect to defer either:

               (1)  one hundred percent (100%) of his/her annual
                    retainer fee;

               (2)  one hundred percent (100%) of his/her meeting
                    fees; or

               (3)  one hundred percent (100%) of his/her total
                    remuneration from the Company.

     (D)  The election, once made, shall be irrevocable with respect to the
calendar year for which it was made.


                          IV.  DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT

     Deferred compensation will, at the participant's election under paragraph
III, be accounted for in either of the following manners:

     (A)  AS CASH WITH INTEREST.  The Company shall establish on its books a
deferred earnings account for each participant who properly exercises his/her
deferral election under the Plan.  The


                                          2
<PAGE>

amount of the remuneration deferred by a participant shall be credited to
his/her deferred earnings account as of the first day of each month in which
retainer fees and/or meeting fees would have been paid had they not been
deferred.

     As of each December 31 there shall be added to the deferred earnings
account of each participant an interest equivalent on the amount in the account
for the preceding year at a rate equal to the average annualized rate for 3-year
Treasury Notes over the preceding calendar year.

     Each participant shall at all times have a fully vested and 
non-forfeitable right to all amounts properly credited to his/her deferred 
earnings account.

     (B)  AS UNITS BASED ON STOCK VALUE.  The Company shall establish on its
books a deferred earnings account for each participant who properly exercises
his/her deferral election under the Plan.  As of the first day of each month,
each deferred earnings account will be credited with the number of units
("Units"), calculated to the nearest thousandth of a Unit determined by (1)
taking the amount of retainer fees and/or meeting fees which would otherwise
been paid during the month had they not been deferred and dividing by the
closing market price of the Company's common stock as reported in the Wall
Street Journal for the last business day of the preceding month (the "Stock
Price"), (2) multiplying the number of Units in each participant's deferred
earnings account (including Units credited under the preceding Section (I) for
the month) by any cash dividends declared by the Company on its common stock and
dividing the


                                          3
<PAGE>

product by the Stock Price, and (3) multiply the number of Units in the
participant's deferred earnings account by any stock dividends declared by the
Company on its common stock.

     Each deferred earnings account will continue to be credited with interest
equivalents or Units, as specified above, until it has been fully distributed in
accordance with paragraph V.

     Each participant shall at all times have a fully vested and non-forfeitable
right to all amounts properly credited to his/her deferred earnings account.


                         V.  PAYMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION

     (A)  The deferred earnings account of each participant shall be divided
into a series of sub-accounts, one for each year remuneration is deferred by the
participant, together with the related interest equivalents or Units.  Payments
of each sub-account shall commence on the January 1 next following the earliest
of:

          (1)  his/her cessation of Board membership.

          (2)  the expiration of a designated period of years
          as designated by the participant pursuant to subparagraph B below.

          (3)  the death of the participant.

     (B)  Each participant shall designate on the notice of deferral election:

          (1)  a period of years (with a minimum of one year between the year of
          deferral and the year of distribution) after which payment is to
          commence prior


                                          4
<PAGE>

          to his/her death or cessation of Board membership and

          (2)  the manner of payment upon commencement (i.e., lump sum or 
periodic payment).

The designations shall be made at the same time as the deferral election
pursuant to paragraph III and shall be irrevocable with respect to the year in
question.

     (C)  Upon commencement of payment pursuant to subparagraph (A) above each
sub-account of a participant shall be distributed pursuant to his/her
election(s) under subparagraph (B) either in one lump sum payment or in a series
of annual installments over a designated period of years.  If a participant
elected annual installments, the amount distributed each year shall be equal to
the total value of the sub-account divided by the number of installments
remaining to be made, including the current installment.  Should a participant
elect to receive payment in a series of installment payments, then he/she shall
further designate whether any balance in his deferred earnings account upon
his/her death shall be paid to his/her beneficiary in a lump sum or over a
further period of years.

     (D)  Each payment shall be made within thirty (30) days after the date 
it becomes payable.

                               VI.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

     (A)  The obligation to pay the deferred remuneration and the related
interest equivalent or Units shall at all times be an unfunded and unsecured
obligation of the Company.  The Company shall not establish any trust, escrow
arrangement or other fiduciary relationship for the purpose of segregating funds
for


                                          5
<PAGE>

the payment of such deferred remuneration or earnings attributable thereto, nor
shall the Company be under any obligation to invest any portion of its general
assets in mutual funds, stocks, bonds, securities or other similar investments
in order to accumulate funds for the satisfaction of its obligations under the
Plan.  The participant and his/her beneficiary shall look solely and exclusively
to the general assets of the Company for the payment of the participant's
deferred earnings account.

     (B)  The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board.  The
Board may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the Plan; provided, however,
that such action shall not adversely affect rights previously vested and
non-forfeitable under the Plan.

     (C)  The participant shall have no right to alienate, pledge or encumber
his/her interest in his/her deferred earnings account, nor shall such account be
subject in any way to the claims of a participant's creditors or to attachment,
execution or other process of law.

     (D)  In the event of the participant's death, the balance of his/her
deferred earnings account, if any, shall be paid, pursuant to the provisions of
paragraph V, to the participant's designated beneficiary or, in the absence of
such designation, in accordance with the participant's will or the laws of
descent and distribution.  A participant may from time to time revoke his/her
beneficiary designation and file a new beneficiary designation with the Board.
All beneficiary designations must be on the form prescribed by the Board.


                                          6


<PAGE>

                               WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
                             1990 DIRECTOR OPTION PLAN


I.    PURPOSE

      The purpose of this 1990 Director Option Plan (the "Plan") of Wells 
Fargo & Company (the "Company") is to encourage ownership in the Company by 
outside directors of the Company whose continued services are considered 
essential to the Company's continued progress and to provide them with a 
further incentive to continue as directors of the Company.

II.   ELIGIBILITY

      Each director of the Company is eligible to participate in the Plan, 
unless he or she is an employee of the Company or any subsidiary of the 
Company.

III.  STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

      A. CLASS.   The stock which is the subject of options granted under the 
Plan shall be the Company's authorized but unissued Common Stock, par value 
$5 per share ("Common Stock"). In connection with the issuance of shares of 
Common Stock under the Plan, the Company may repurchase shares in the open 
market or otherwise.

      B. AGGREGATE ANNUAL AMOUNT. The total number of shares subject to 
options granted under the Plan in any one calendar year shall not exceed 
20,000 shares (subject to adjustment under Section VIII).

IV.   TERMS, CONDITIONS AND FORM OF OPTIONS

      Each option granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by a written 
agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, which 
agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and 
conditions:

      A.   NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTIONS. All options granted under the Plan 
shall be non-statutory options not entitled to special tax treatment under 
Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to date and as 
may be further amended from time to time (the "Code"),

      B.   OPTION GRANT DATES. Options shall be granted automatically on the 
date of adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors and on the date of 
each annual meeting of the Company's stockholders ("Annual Meeting") 
beginning with the 1991 Annual

<PAGE>

Meeting. If, after the date of adoption of the Plan , a director first 
becomes an eligible director on a date other than an Annual Meeting, an 
option shall be granted to such director on the date that he or she first 
becomes eligible.

      C.   NUMBER OF OPTION SHARES. An option granted to an eligible director 
on the date of adoption of the Plan or the date of an Annual Meeting shall be 
an option to acquire five hundred (500) shares. The number of shares granted 
to a director on a date other than the date of an Annual Meeting shall be 
equal to forty-two (42) multiplied by the number of full months remaining 
after the date of grant and prior to the next following Annual Meeting.

      D.   TRANSFERABILITY.    Each option granted under the Plan by its 
terms shall not be transferable by the director otherwise than by will, or by 
the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercised during the 
lifetime of the director only by such director.

      E.   TERM OF OPTION.     Options become exercisable on the first 
anniversary of the date upon which they were granted; provided, however, that 
any option granted pursuant to the Plan shall become exercisable in full upon 
the death of the director or retirement because of total and permanent 
disability or, in the case of an option that has been outstanding for at 
least six (6) months, retirement by reason of age in accordance with Company 
policy. In no event, however, shall any option become exercisable prior to 
stockholder approval of the Plan in accordance with Article IX. Unless 
terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the Plan, each option 
shall terminate upon the expiration of ten (10) years after such option was 
granted.

      F.   MANNER OF EXERCISE. Options may be exercised only by written 
notice to the Company at its head office accompanied by payment of the full 
consideration for the shares as to which they are exercised in one or a 
combination of the following alternative forms:

               i.   cash;

               ii.  shares of Common Stock held for at least six (6) months,
                    valued as of the exercise date; or

               iii. to the extent that such exercise would not result in a
                    violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of
                    1934, by delivering a properly executed exercise notice
                    together with irrevocable instructions to a


<PAGE>

                    broker to promptly deliver to the Corporation the amount of
                    sale or loan proceeds to pay the option price; provided that
                    such exercise shall be conditioned upon, and no shares shall
                    be issued pursuant to such exercise until, receipt of such
                    amount by the Corporation.

      G.   TERMINATION OF DIRECTORSHIP.    All rights of a director in an 
option, to the extent that it has not been exercised, shall terminate upon 
the termination of his or her services as a director for any reason other 
than the death of the director or retirement because of age in accordance 
with Company policy or retirement because of total and permanent disability, 
In the case of such a retirement, whether by reason of disability or age, a 
director's option shall terminate three (3) years after the date of 
retirement or, if earlier, on the original expiration date of the option. The 
foregoing notwithstanding, any option granted to a director under the Plan 
and outstanding on the date of the director's death may be exercised by the 
personal representative of the director's estate or by the person or persons 
to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the director's will or in 
accordance with the laws of descent and distribution, at any time prior to 
the earlier of the three years after the date of the director's death or the 
original expiration date of such option; upon the earlier of such events the 
option shall terminate.

V.    OPTION PRICE

      The option price per share for the shares covered by each option shall 
be the fair market value of one share of Common Stock as of the date of grant 
of the option.

VI.   VALUATION OF COMMON STOCK

      For all valuation purposes under the Plan, the fair market value of a 
share of Common Stock shall be its closing price as quoted on the New York 
Stock Exchange Composite Tape, on the day immediately prior to the date in 
question. If there is no quotation available for such day, then the closing 
price on the next preceding day for which there does exist such a quotation 
shall be determinative of fair market value.

VII.  NO RIGHT TO CONTINUE AS A DIRECTOR

      Neither the Plan nor the granting of an option nor any other action 
taken pursuant to the Plan shall constitute or be evidence of any agreement 
or understanding, express or implied, that the Company will retain a director 
for any period of time, or at any particular rate of compensation.

<PAGE>

VIII. ADJUSTMENT TO STOCK

      In the event any change is made to the Common Stock subject to the Plan 
or subject to any outstanding option granted under the Plan (whether by 
reason of merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock 
dividend, stock split, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in 
corporate structure or otherwise), then appropriate adjustments shall be made 
to the maximum number of shares that may be the subject of options granted 
under the Plan in any one calendar year and the number of shares and price 
per share of stock subject to outstanding options. The grant of options under 
the Plan shall not affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, 
reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, 
consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its 
business or assets.

IX.   EFFECTIVE DATE

      The Plan shall take effect on the date of adoption by the Board of 
Directors of the Company, but no shares of Common Stock shall be issued under 
the Plan and no options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable before 
the Plan is approved by the holders of at least a majority of the 
Corporation's voting stock present or represented and voting at a duly-held 
meeting at which a quorum is present or represented. If such shareholder 
approval is not obtained, then any options previously granted under the Plan 
shall terminate and no further options shall be granted.

X.    AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

      The Board of Directors of the Company may suspend or discontinue the 
Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever; provided that the Board 
shall not, without the approval of the Company's stockholders (i) change the 
number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under the Plan (unless 
necessary to effect the adjustments required under Article VIII), (ii) modify 
the eligibility requirements for awards under the Plan or (iii) make any 
other change with respect to which the Board determines that shareholder 
approval is required by applicable law or regulatory standards; nor shall any 
amendment adversely affect a director's rights under any option previously 
granted without the director's consent.

XI.   USE OF PROCEEDS

      The cash proceeds received by the Company from the issuance of shares 
pursuant to options under the Plan shall be used for general corporate 
purposes.

<PAGE>

XII.  REGULATORY APPROVALS

The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any option under the Plan, 
and the issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise of any such option shall 
be subject to the Company's procurement of all approvals and permits required 
by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the options 
granted under it or the Common Stock issued pursuant to it.

XIII. GOVERNING LAW

The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall 
be governed by the law of the State of California and construed accordingly,

<PAGE>

                               WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
                             1990 DIRECTOR OPTION PLAN



                                  Amendment No. 1



      The Wells Fargo & Company 1990 Director Option Plan (the "Plan") is 
hereby amended as set forth herein, effective as of January 1. 1992:

      1.   The following sentence is added as the last sentence of Section X:

"In addition, the provisions of the plan relating to eligibility for awards 
under the Plan and the amount, type, price and timing of awards under the 
Plan shall not be amended more than once every six months, other than to 
conform to changes to the Internal Revenue Code, the Employee Retirement 
Income Security Act or the rules thereunder."

      2.   The term "Section 42211 shall be substituted for the term "Section 
422A" wherever the latter shall appear in the Plan.

      3.   Except as modified by this Amendment, all the terms and provisions 
           of the Plan shall continue in full force and effect.


<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT 12(a)
                        WELLS FARGO & COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Year ended December 31,
                                                              ----------------------------------------------
(in millions)                                                   1997      1996      1995      1994      1993
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>   
EARNINGS, INCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS (1):
  Income before income tax expense                            $2,154    $1,979    $1,777    $1,454    $1,038
  Fixed charges                                                2,415     2,130     1,496     1,214     1,157
                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                              $4,569    $4,109    $3,273    $2,668    $2,195
                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------


Fixed charges (1):
  Interest expense                                            $2,290    $2,002    $1,431    $1,155    $1,104
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense             125       128        65        59        53
                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                              $2,415    $2,130    $1,496    $1,214    $1,157
                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------


Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)                          1.89      1.93      2.19      2.20      1.90
                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------


EARNINGS, EXCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS:
  Income before income tax expense                            $2,154    $1,979    $1,777    $1,454    $1,038
  Fixed charges                                                  712       544       499       360       294
                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                              $2,866    $2,523    $2,276    $1,814    $1,332
                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------


Fixed charges:
  Interest expense                                            $2,290    $2,002    $1,431    $1,155    $1,104
  Less interest on deposits                                    1,703     1,586       997       854       863
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense             125       128        65        59        53
                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                              $  712    $  544    $  499    $  360    $  294
                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------


Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)                          4.03      4.64      4.56      5.04      4.53
                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                              ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 

(1)  As defined in Item 503(d) of Regulation S-K.
(2)  These computations are included herein in compliance with Securities and
     Exchange Commission regulations. However, management believes that fixed
     charge ratios are not meaningful measures for the business of the Company
     because of two factors.  First, even if there were no change in net income,
     the ratios would decline with an increase in the proportion of income which
     is tax-exempt or, conversely, they would increase with a decrease in the
     proportion of income which is tax-exempt.   Second, even if there were no
     change in net income, the ratios would decline if interest income and
     interest expense increase by the same amount due to an increase in the
     level of interest rates or, conversely, they would increase if interest
     income and interest expense decrease by the same amount due to a decrease
     in the level of interest rates.



<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT 12(b)
                        WELLS FARGO & COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                               AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                Year ended December 31,
                                                                        ----------------------------------------------
(in millions)                                                             1997      1996      1995      1994      1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>   
EARNINGS, INCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS (1):
  Income before income tax expense                                      $2,154    $1,979    $1,777    $1,454    $1,038
  Fixed charges                                                          2,415     2,130     1,496     1,214     1,157
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                        $4,569    $4,109    $3,273    $2,668    $2,195
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------

Preferred dividend requirement                                          $   25    $   67    $   42    $   43    $   50
Ratio of income before income tax expense to net income                   1.86      1.85      1.72      1.73      1.70
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------

Preferred dividends (2)                                                 $   47    $  124    $   72    $   74    $   85
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
Fixed charges (1):
  Interest expense                                                       2,290     2,002     1,431     1,155     1,104
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense                       125       128        65        59        53
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                         2,415     2,130     1,496     1,214     1,157
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
  Fixed charges and preferred dividends                                 $2,462    $2,254    $1,568    $1,288    $1,242
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends (3)            1.86      1.82      2.09      2.07      1.77
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------


EARNINGS, EXCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS:
  Income before income tax expense                                      $2,154    $1,979    $1,777    $1,454    $1,038
  Fixed charges                                                            712       544       499       360       294
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                        $2,866    $2,523    $2,276    $1,814    $1,332
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------

Preferred dividends (2)                                                 $   47    $  124    $   72    $   74    $   85
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
Fixed charges:
  Interest expense                                                       2,290     2,002     1,431     1,155     1,104
  Less interest on deposits                                              1,703     1,586       997       854       863
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense                       125       128        65        59        53
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                           712       544       499       360       294
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
  Fixed charges and preferred dividends                                 $  759    $  668    $  571    $  434    $  379
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------


Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends (3)            3.78      3.78      3.99      4.18      3.51
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>
 

(1)  As defined in Item 503(d) of Regulation S-K.
(2)  The preferred dividends were increased to amounts representing the pretax
     earnings that would be required to cover such dividend requirements.
(3)  These computations are included herein in compliance with Securities and
     Exchange Commission regulations.  However, management believes that fixed
     charge ratios are not meaningful measures for the business of the Company
     because of two factors.  First, even if there was no change in net income,
     the ratios would decline with an increase in the proportion of income which
     is tax-exempt or, conversely, they would increase with a decrease in the
     proportion of income which is tax-exempt.  Second, even if there was no
     change in net income, the ratios would decline if interest income and
     interest expense increase by the same amount due to an increase in the
     level of interest rates or, conversely, they would increase if interest
     income and interest expense decrease by the same amount due to a decrease
     in the level of interest rates.



<PAGE>

FINANCIAL REVIEW

OVERVIEW

Wells Fargo & Company (Parent) is a bank holding company whose principal 
subsidiary is Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (Bank). In this Annual Report, Wells 
Fargo & Company and its subsidiaries are referred to as the Company. 

On April 1, 1996, the Company completed its acquisition (Merger) of First 
Interstate Bancorp (First Interstate).  As a result, the financial 
information presented in this Annual Report for the years ended December 31, 
1997 and 1996 reflects the effects of the acquisition subsequent to the 
Merger's consummation (i.e., the year 1997 reflects twelve months of combined 
operations, compared with nine months for the year 1996). Since the Company's 
results of operations subsequent to April 1, 1996 reflect amounts recognized 
from the combined operations, they cannot be divided between or attributed 
directly to either of the two former entities nor can they be directly 
compared with prior periods.

                RETURN ON AVERAGE TOTAL ASSETS (ROA) (%)

                             [LINE GRAPH]

             RETURN ON COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (ROE) (%)

                              [LINE GRAPH]

Net income in 1997 was $1,155 million, compared with $1,071 million in 1996, 
an increase of 8%.  Earnings per common share were $12.77, compared with 
$12.21 in 1996, an increase of 5%.

Return on average assets (ROA) was 1.16% and return on average common equity 
(ROE) was 8.79% in 1997, compared with 1.15% and 8.83%, respectively, in 1996.

Earnings before the amortization of goodwill and nonqualifying core deposit 
intangible (CDI) ("cash" or "tangible" earnings) were $17.96 per share in 
1997, compared with $16.74 in 1996. On the same basis, ROA was 1.77% and ROE 
was 34.39% in 1997, compared with 1.66% and 28.46%, respectively, in 1996.

Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis was $4,627 million in 1997, 
compared with $4,532 million a year ago. The Company's net interest margin 
was 5.99% for 1997, compared with 6.11% in 1996. 

Noninterest income increased from $2,200 million in 1996 to $2,704 million in 
1997, an increase of 23%.  A significant portion of the increase was due to 
higher credit card and ATM fees reflecting an industry trend toward increased 
fees.

Noninterest expense decreased from $4,637 million in 1996 to $4,549 million 
in 1997, a decrease of 2%.  

As of year-end 1997, the Company realized approximately $700 million in 
annualized cost savings as a result of the Merger, compared to the pre-merger 
objective of about $800 million.  The Company failed to realize all of the 
efficiencies from the Merger due to the focus on maintaining a stable 
operating environment in 1997, which caused a delay in branch closures and a 
higher staff level requirement than originally anticipated.  For discussion 
of the Company's plan for former First Interstate branch closures and 
consolidations, see Note 2 to Financial Statements. 

The provision for loan losses was $615 million in 1997, compared with $105 
million in 1996. During 1997, net charge-offs were $805 million, or 1.25% of 
average total loans, compared with $640 million, or 1.05%, during 1996. The 
allowance for loan losses was $1,828 million, or 2.78% of total loans, at 
December 31, 1997, compared with $2,018 million, or 3.00%, at December 31, 
1996. 

At December 31, 1997, total nonaccrual and restructured loans were $537 
million, or .8% of total loans, compared with $724 million, or 1.1%, at 
December 31, 1996.  Foreclosed assets were $158 million at December 31, 1997, 
compared with $219 million at December 31, 1996.


                                      10
<PAGE>

The Company's direct credit risk related to the ongoing volatility of the 
financial markets in Asia is predominantly short-term in nature and is not 
significant. However, the primary risk to the Company is the long-term impact 
of the Asian financial markets on the economy of the U. S. (in particular, 
California) and the Company's borrowers.  Understanding this risk is more 
difficult and is dependent on the passage of time.

At December 31, 1997, the ratio of common stockholders' equity to total 
assets was 12.94%, compared with 12.41% at December 31, 1996. The Company's 
total risk-based capital (RBC) ratio at December 31, 1997 was 11.49% and its 
Tier 1 RBC ratio was 7.61%, exceeding the minimum regulatory guidelines of 8% 
and 4%, respectively, for bank holding companies and the "well capitalized" 
guidelines for banks of 10% and 6%, respectively. The Company's ratios at 
December 31, 1996 were 11.70% and 7.68%, respectively. The Company's leverage 
ratios were 6.95% and 6.65% at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, 
exceeding the minimum regulatory guideline of 3% for bank holding companies 
and the "well capitalized" guideline for banks of 5%.  A discussion of RBC 
and leverage ratio guidelines is in the Capital Adequacy/Ratios section.

The Company has bought in the past, and will continue to buy, shares to 
offset stock issued or expected to be issued under the Company's employee 
benefit and dividend reinvestment plans. In addition to these shares, the 
Board of Directors authorized in April 1996 the repurchase of up to 9.6 
million shares of the Company's outstanding common stock under a repurchase 
program begun in 1994.  In October 1997, the Board of Directors authorized 
the repurchase from time to time of up to an additional 8.6 million shares of 
the Company's outstanding stock under the same program.  Under these 
programs, the Company repurchased a total of 5.3 million shares (net of 
shares issued) in 1997, compared with 7.7 million shares (net of shares 
issued) in 1996. The Company currently expects to continue repurchasing 
shares in 1998 using cash earnings not required to support balance sheet 
growth.

The Company adopted on December 31, 1997 Statement of Financial Accounting 
Standards No. 128 (FAS 128), Earnings per Share.  This Statement establishes 
standards for computing and presenting earnings per common share.  It 
replaces the presentation of primary earnings per common share (net income 
applicable to common stock divided by average common shares outstanding and, 
if dilution is 3% or more, common stock equivalents) with a presentation of 

Table 1

RATIOS AND PER COMMON SHARE DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Year ended December 31,
                                                    --------------------------------------
                                                        1997           1996           1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>            <C>
PROFITABILITY RATIOS
Net income to average total assets (ROA)                1.16%          1.15%          2.03%
Net income applicable to common stock
  to average common stockholders' equity (ROE)          8.79           8.83          29.70
Net income to average stockholders' equity              8.74           8.81          26.99

EFFICIENCY RATIO (1)                                    62.2%          69.0%          55.3%

NET INCOME AND RATIOS EXCLUDING
GOODWILL AND NONQUALIFYING  CORE DEPOSIT
INTANGIBLE AMORTIZATION AND BALANCES
("CASH" OR "TANGIBLE") (2)
Net income applicable to common stock                $ 1,588        $ 1,376        $ 1,025
Earnings per common share                              17.96          16.74          21.08
Earnings per common share - assuming dilution          17.77          16.52          20.76
ROA                                                     1.77%          1.66%          2.12%
ROE                                                    34.39          28.46          34.92
Efficiency ratio                                        54.6           62.2           54.5

CAPITAL RATIOS
At year end:
  Common stockholders' equity to assets                12.94%         12.41%          7.09%
  Stockholders' equity to assets                       13.22          12.96           8.06
  Risk-based capital (3)
    Tier 1 capital                                      7.61           7.68           8.81
    Total capital                                      11.49          11.70          12.46
  Leverage (3)                                          6.95           6.65           7.46
Average balances:
  Common stockholders' equity to assets                12.92          12.17           6.57
  Stockholders' equity to assets                       13.28          13.01           7.53

PER COMMON SHARE DATA
Dividend payout (4)                                       41%            43%            23%
Book value                                           $146.41        $147.72        $ 75.93
Market prices (5):
  High                                               $339.44        $289.88        $229.00
  Low                                                 246.00         203.13         143.38
  Year end                                            339.44         269.75         216.00
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense divided by the total
     of net interest income and noninterest income.
(2)  Nonqualifying core deposit intangible (CDI) amortization and average
     balance excluded from these calculations are, with the exception of the
     efficiency ratio, net of applicable taxes.  The after-tax amounts for the
     amortization and average balance of nonqualifying CDI were $132 million and
     $1,023 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1997. 
     Goodwill amortization and average balance (which are not tax effected) were
     $326 million and $7,218 million, respectively, for the year ended
     December 31, 1997.  See page 20 for additional information.
(3)  See the Capital Adequacy/Ratios section for additional information.
(4)  Dividends declared per common share as a percentage of earnings per common
     share.
(5)  Based on daily closing prices reported on the New York Stock Exchange
     Composite Transaction Reporting System.



                                      11
<PAGE>

(basic) earnings per common share (net income applicable to common stock 
divided by average common shares outstanding), which the Company previously 
presented.  It also requires dual presentation of earnings per common share 
and earnings per common share - assuming dilution on the face of the income 
statement and a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of both 
earnings per common share computations. The Statement requires restatement of 
all prior period earnings per common share data presented, including interim 
periods.

In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FAS 130, 
Reporting Comprehensive Income. This Statement establishes standards for 
reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components in the 
financial statements.  It requires that a company classify items of other 
comprehensive income, as defined by accounting standards, by their nature 
(e.g., unrealized gains or losses on securities) in a financial statement, 
but does not require a specific format for that statement. The accumulated 
balance of other comprehensive income is to be displayed separately from 
retained earnings and additional paid-in capital in the equity section of the 
balance sheet.

This Statement is effective with the year-end 1998 financial statements; 
however, a total for comprehensive income is required in the financial 
statements of interim periods beginning with the first quarter of 1998. 
Reclassification of financial statements for earlier periods provided for 
comparative purposes is required.

This Annual Report includes forward-looking statements that involve inherent 
risks and uncertainties.  The Company cautions readers that a number of 
important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those 
in the forward-looking statements.  Those factors include fluctuations in 
interest rates, inflation, government regulations, the progress of 
integrating First Interstate, economic conditions, customer 
disintermediation, technology changes and competition in the geographic and 
business areas in which the Company conducts its operations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Table 2

SIX-YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            % CHANGE      FIVE-YEAR 
                                                                                                1997/      COMPOUND 
(in millions)                       1997      1996      1995      1994      1993      1992      1996    GROWTH RATE 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT
Net interest income              $ 4,614  $  4,521   $ 2,654   $ 2,610   $ 2,657   $ 2,691         2 %           11%
Provision for loan losses            615       105        --       200       550     1,215       486            (13)
Noninterest income                 2,704     2,200     1,324     1,200     1,093     1,059        23             21
Noninterest expense                4,549     4,637     2,201     2,156     2,162     2,035        (2)            17
Net income                         1,155     1,071     1,032       841       612       283         8             32
                                                                                                            
Earnings per common share        $ 12.77  $  12.21   $ 20.37   $ 14.78   $ 10.10   $  4.44         5             24
Earnings per common share -                                                                                 
  assuming dilution                12.64     12.05     20.06     14.54      9.96      4.39         5             24
                                                                                                            
Dividends declared                                                                                          
  per common share                  5.20      5.20      4.60      4.00      2.25      1.50        --             28
                                                                                                            
BALANCE SHEET                                                                                               
(at year end)                                                                                               
Investment securities            $ 9,888  $ 13,505   $ 8,920   $11,608   $13,058   $ 9,338       (27)%            1%
Loans                             65,734    67,389    35,582    36,347    33,099    36,903        (2)            12
Allowance for loan losses          1,828     2,018     1,794     2,082     2,122     2,067        (9)            (2)
Goodwill                           7,031     7,322       382       416       477       523        (4)            68
Assets                            97,456   108,888    50,316    53,374    52,513    52,537       (10)            13
Core deposits                     71,397    81,581    37,858    38,508    41,291    41,879       (12)            11
Common stockholders' equity       12,614    13,512     3,566     3,422     3,676     3,170        (7)            32
Stockholders' equity              12,889    14,112     4,055     3,911     4,315     3,809        (9)            28
Tier 1 capital                     6,119     6,565     3,635     3,562     3,776     3,287        (7)            13
Total capital                      9,242    10,000     5,141     5,157     5,446     5,255        (8)            12
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                      12
<PAGE>

LINE OF BUSINESS RESULTS

The Company has identified six distinct lines of business for the purposes of 
management reporting, as shown in Table 3.  

The line of business results show the financial performance of the major 
business units.  Line of business results are determined based on the 
Company's management accounting process, which assigns balance sheet and 
income statement items to each responsible business unit.  This process is 
dynamic and somewhat subjective.  Unlike financial accounting, there is no 
comprehensive, authoritative body of guidance for management accounting 
equivalent to generally accepted accounting principles.

The management accounting process measures the performance of the business 
lines based on the management structure of the Company and is not necessarily 
comparable with similar information for any other financial institution.  
First Interstate results prior to April 1, 1996 are not included and, 
therefore, the year 1997 is not comparable to 1996.

Changes in management structure and/or the allocation process may result in 
changes in allocations, transfers and assignments.  In that case, results for 
prior periods would be (and have been) restated to allow comparability from 
one period to the next.
   
Internal expense allocations are independently negotiated between business 
units and, where possible, service and price is measured against comparable 
services available in the external marketplace.

The following describes the six major business units.

THE RETAIL DISTRIBUTION GROUP sells and services a complete line of retail 
financial products for consumers and small businesses.  In addition to the 
24-hour Telephone Banking Centers and Wells Fargo's Online Financial Services 
(the Company's personal computer banking services), the Group encompasses 
Physical Distribution's network of traditional branches, in-store branches, 
banking centers, business centers and ATMs. Retail Distribution also includes 
the consumer checking business, which primarily uses the network as a source 
of new customers.

In 1997, the Retail Distribution Group continued the consolidation of the 
former First Interstate physical distribution network into the Wells Fargo 
physical distribution network.  This consolidation consisted of the closure 
and sale of traditional branches as well as the continued opening of in-store 
branches and banking centers. The Company closed 124 traditional branches in 
California and 88 traditional branches in other states. The Company also sold 
30 traditional branches in California and sold 87 traditional branches in 
other states. The distribution network opened 70 in-store locations in 
California and 171 in other states.  As of December 31, 1997, the Company had 
956 traditional branches, 523 in-store branches, 377 banking centers and 27 
business centers in 10 Western states.  Motor banking facilities 
("motorbanks") are available at 52 of the traditional branches.

The in-store branches and banking centers continue to be part of the ongoing 
effort to provide higher-convenience, lower-cost service to customers.  The 
business centers are designed primarily to service small and medium-sized 
businesses and are typically located in or near areas with a high 
concentration of these businesses.

The number of ATMs continued to increase in 1997, reaching a total of 4,400 
at December 31, 1997, compared with 4,283 at December 31, 1996.

THE BUSINESS BANKING GROUP provides a full range of credit products and 
financial services to small businesses and their owners.  These include lines 
of credit, receivables and inventory financing, equipment loans and leases, 
real estate financing, SBA financing, cash management, deposit and investment 
accounts, payroll services, retirement plans, medical savings accounts, and 
credit and debit card processing.  Business Banking customers are small 
businesses with annual sales up to $10 million in which the owner is also the 
principal financial decision maker.  

Business Banking distributes credit products in all 50 states and Canada 
through national direct marketing and 140 commercial loan specialists in 
small business lending offices in 22 markets in the Western United States.  
Business Banking jointly owns with First Data Corp. a merchant card 
processing alliance, which acquires customers through a 150-person sales 
force.

Business Banking provides access to customers through a wide range of 
channels. These include Business Banking Officers who are relationship 
managers for the premier segment of small business customers, as well as 
Wells Fargo's extensive network of traditional and in-store branches, banking 
centers, ATMs and business centers. Business Banking also serves customers 
through its National Business Banking Center, a 24-hour telephone center 
dedicated to the small business customer, and through Business Gateway, a 
personal computer banking service exclusively for the small business customer.

Business Banking has partnered with the National Association of Women 
Business Owners to lend $10 billion to women-owned businesses and with the 
United States Hispanic Chamber of Commerce to lend $1 billion to Latino-owned 
businesses over the next six years.  In the third quarter of 1997, the 
Company launched the first phase of a direct lending program to selected 
Canadian business owners. Via mail and telephone, small businesses can 
contact Wells Fargo in the U.S. and receive a loan decision within 48 hours.  
In 1998, the Company will launch its lending program to Canada nationally.

THE INVESTMENT GROUP is responsible for the sales and management of savings 
and investment products, investment management and fiduciary and brokerage 
services to institutions, retail customers and high net worth individuals. 
This includes the Stagecoach family of mutual funds as


                                       13
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Table 3

LINE OF BUSINESS RESULTS (ESTIMATED)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(income/expense in millions, average balances in billions)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Retail            Business
                                                     Distribution             Banking          Investment
                                                            Group               Group               Group
                                                 ----------------    ----------------   -----------------
                                                   1997      1996      1997      1996      1997      1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net interest income (1)                          $  979    $  821     $ 783     $ 651     $ 774     $ 744
Provision for loan losses (2)                        --        --       136        92         5         4
Noninterest income (3)                            1,168     1,022       278       247       549       479
Noninterest expense (3)                           1,863     1,812       459       450       647       648
                                                 ------    ------     -----     -----     -----     -----
Income before income tax expense (benefit)          284        31       466       356       671       571
Income tax expense (benefit) (4)                    117        13       191       147       275       235
                                                 ------    ------     -----     -----     -----     -----
  Net income (loss)                              $  167    $   18     $ 275     $ 209     $ 396     $ 336
                                                 ------    ------     -----     -----     -----     -----
                                                 ------    ------     -----     -----     -----     -----

Average loans                                    $   --    $   --     $ 5.6     $ 4.3     $ 2.0     $ 1.6
Average assets                                      2.9       3.1       7.4       6.4       2.7       2.3
Average core deposits                              18.5      16.7      12.0      11.5      33.6      32.5
Return on equity (5)                                 16%        2%       36%       34%       57%       53%
Risk-adjusted efficiency ratio (6)                   96%      108%       66%       71%       59%       63%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Net interest income is the difference between actual interest earned on
     assets (and interest paid on liabilities) owned by a group and a funding
     charge (and credit) based on the Company's cost of funds.  Groups are
     charged a cost to fund any assets (e.g., loans) and are paid a funding
     credit for any funds provided (e.g., deposits).  The interest spread is the
     difference between the interest rate earned on an asset or paid on a
     liability and the Company's cost of funds rate.
(2)  The provision allocated to the line groups for 1997 and 1996 is based on
     management's current assessment of the normalized net charge-off ratio for
     each line of business.  In any particular year, the actual net charge-offs
     can be higher or lower than the normalized provision allocated to the lines
     of business.  The difference between the normalized provision and the
     Company provision is included in Other.
(3)  Retail Distribution Group's charges to the product groups are shown as
     noninterest income to the physical distribution channels and noninterest
     expense to the product groups.  They amounted to $329 million and $392
     million for 1997 and 1996, respectively.  These charges are eliminated in
     the Other category in arriving at the Consolidated Company totals for
     noninterest income and expense.

well as personal trust, employee benefit trust and agency assets.  It also 
includes product management for market rate accounts, savings deposits, 
Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs) and time deposits.  Within this Group, 
Private Client Services operates as a fully integrated financial services 
organization focusing on banking/credit, trust services, investment 
management and full-service and discount brokerage.

In the first quarter of 1997, the Company sold the Corporate and Municipal 
Bond Administration (Corporate Trust) business to the Bank of New York.  

During the second quarter of 1997, the Bank signed a definitive agreement to 
sell its Institutional Custody businesses to The Bank of New York and its 
affiliate, BNY Western Trust Company.  Transfer of accounts is occurring in 
several stages, the first of which was in the third quarter of 1997, with 
completion expected by the end of 1998.

In 1997, the Bank announced an alliance with Morgan Stanley, Dean Witter, 
Discover & Co., whereby Dean Witter would provide technology, investment 
products, services and sales and marketing support to Wells Fargo Securities 
and its full-service brokerage clients. The full range of Dean Witter's 
services will be available to Wells Fargo customers under private label by 
the end of first quarter 1998.

In addition, the Bank entered into an alliance in December 1997 with BHC 
Securities whereby BHC will offer a broad range of investment products to 
Wells Fargo's discount brokerage customers through the Internet and telephone 
channels. 

Assets under management at December 31, 1997 were $66 billion, compared with 
$57 billion at year-end 1996.  

THE REAL ESTATE GROUP provides a complete line of services supporting the 
commercial real estate market.  Products and services include construction 
loans for commercial and residential development, land acquisition and 
development loans, secured and unsecured lines of credit, interim financing 
arrangements for completed structures, rehabilitation loans, affordable 
housing loans and letters of credit.  Secondary market services are provided 
through the Real Estate Capital Markets Group.  Its business includes senior 
loan financing, mezzanine financing, financing for leveraged transactions, 
purchasing distressed real estate loans and high yield debt, origination of 
permanent loans for securitization, loan syndications and commercial real 
estate loan servicing. 

During 1997, the Real Estate Group generated noninterest income from the sale 
of loans totaling $31 million.  Noninterest expense for 1997 includes net 
gains on the sale of foreclosed assets totaling $50 million.

THE WHOLESALE PRODUCTS GROUP serves businesses with annual sales in excess of 
$5 million and maintains relationships with major corporations throughout the 
United States.  The Group is responsible for soliciting and maintaining 
credit and noncredit relationships with businesses by offering a variety of 
products and services, including traditional


                                       14
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Table 3

LINE OF BUSINESS RESULTS (ESTIMATED)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(income/expense in millions, average balances in billions)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Wholesale
                                             Real Estate         Products          Consumer                        Consolidated
                                                   Group            Group           Lending            Other            Company
                                            ------------     ------------      ------------      -----------      -------------
                                             1997   1996     1997    1996      1997    1996      1997   1996       1997    1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>    <C>      <C>    <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>     <C>
Net interest income (1)                     $ 393  $ 388    $ 724   $ 728    $1,110  $1,004    $(149) $ 185     $4,614   $4,521
Provision for loan losses (2)                  43     42       76      72       449     425      (94)  (530)       615      105
Noninterest income (3)                        126     86      337     295       459     319     (213)  (248)     2,704    2,200
Noninterest expense (3)                        72    110      430     382       487     501      591    734      4,549    4,637
                                             ----   ----     ----    ----    ------   -----    -----  -----     ------   ------
Income before income tax expense (benefit)    404    322      555     569       633     397     (859)  (267)     2,154    1,979
Income tax expense (benefit) (4)              166    133      228     235       260     164     (238)   (19)       999      908
                                             ----   ----     ----    ----    ------   -----    -----  -----     ------   ------
  Net income (loss)                         $ 238  $ 189    $ 327   $ 334    $  373  $  233    $(621) $(248)    $1,155   $1,071
                                             ----   ----     ----    ----    ------   -----    -----  -----     ------   ------
                                             ----   ----     ----    ----    ------   -----    -----  -----     ------   ------
Average loans                               $ 9.5  $ 9.4    $16.8   $16.0    $ 23.7  $ 21.3    $ 7.0  $ 8.0     $ 64.6   $ 60.6
Average assets                               10.5   10.0     20.7    19.8      24.7    22.2     30.7   29.6       99.6     93.4
Average core deposits                         0.4    0.4      8.0     8.4       0.5     0.4       --    1.0       73.0     70.9
Return on equity (5)                           23%    20%      19%     21%       25%     17%      --%    --%         9%       9%
Risk-adjusted efficiency ratio (6)             56%    67%      77%     73%       69%     85%      --%    --%        --%      --%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(4)  Businesses are taxed at the Company's marginal (statutory) tax rate,
     adjusted for any nondeductible expenses.  Any differences between the
     marginal and effective tax rate are in Other.
(5)  Equity is allocated to the lines of business based on an assessment of the
     inherent risk associated with each business so that the returns on
     allocated equity are on a risk-adjusted basis and comparable across
     business lines.
(6)  The risk-adjusted efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense plus
     the cost of capital divided by revenues (net interest income and
     noninterest income) less normalized loan losses.


commercial loans and lines, letters of credit, international trade 
facilities, foreign exchange services, cash management and electronic 
products. 

The Wholesale Products Group now operates 35 regional commercial banking 
offices in 10 Western states and five offices which serve the large corporate 
segment. The WellsOne electronic commerce product, introduced in November 
1996, now has nearly 2,000 customers.  WellsOne allows businesses with 
multi-state operations to maintain one master bank account, rather than 
separate accounts in each state.

The Group includes the majority ownership interest in the Wells Fargo HSBC 
Trade Bank, which provides trade and Eximbank (a public corporation offering 
export finance support programs for American-made products) financing, 
letters of credit and collection services.  The Trade Bank's loan balances 
grew by 26% during 1997 and overall fee income increased 42%.

CONSUMER LENDING offers a full array of consumer loan products, including 
credit cards, transportation (auto, recreational vehicle, marine) financing, 
home equity lines and loans, lines of credit and installment loans. 

As a result of legislation approved by voters in November, Wells Fargo 
entered the Texas home equity loan market in the first quarter of 1998.  

The increase in noninterest income was largely due to higher fee income on 
credit cards.

THE OTHER category includes the Company's 1-4 family first mortgage 
portfolio, the investment securities portfolio, goodwill and the 
nonqualifying core deposit intangible, the difference between the normalized 
provision for the line groups and the Company provision for loan losses, the 
net impact of transfer pricing loan and deposit balances, the cost of 
external debt, the elimination of intergroup noninterest income and expense, 
and any residual effects of unallocated systems and other support groups.  It 
also includes the impact of asset/liability strategies the Company has put in 
place to manage interest rate sensitivity.  

Net interest income during 1997 reflects the impact of lower investment 
securities and higher short-term borrowings.  The decrease in noninterest 
expense for 1997 includes merger-related cost savings in the unallocated 
systems and other support groups, partially offset by operating losses for 
1997 related to resolving various merger-related operations and back office 
issues (see page 20 for additional information). 

In 1997, the FASB issued FAS 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise 
and Related Information.  The Statement requires that a public business 
enterprise report financial and descriptive information about its reportable 
operating segments on the basis that is used internally for evaluating 
segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources to segments.  This 
Statement is effective for the year-end 1998 audited financial statements.


                                     15
<PAGE>

EARNINGS PERFORMANCE

The Bank generated net income of $1,127 million and $1,006 million in 1997 
and 1996, respectively. The Parent (excluding its equity in earnings of 
subsidiaries) and its other bank and nonbank subsidiaries had net income of 
$28 million and $65 million in 1997 and 1996, respectively.

NET INTEREST INCOME

Net interest income is the difference between interest income (which includes 
yield-related loan fees) and interest expense. Net interest income on a 
taxable-equivalent basis was $4,627 million in 1997, compared with $4,532 
million in 1996.

Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis expressed as a percentage 
of average total earning assets is referred to as the net interest margin, 
which represents the average net effective yield on earning assets. For 1997, 
the net interest margin was 5.99%, compared with 6.11% in 1996.  

Table 6 presents the individual components of net interest income and net 
interest margin.

The decrease in the margin in 1997 compared with 1996 was primarily due to 
the issuance of $1.15 billion of trust preferred securities in late 1996.  
The increase in net interest income for 1997 compared with 1996 was primarily 
due to an increase in earning assets.

Interest income included hedging income of $78 million in 1997, compared with 
$81 million in 1996.  Interest expense included hedging income of $.1 
million in 1997, compared with $3.4 million in 1996. 

                            NET INTEREST MARGIN (%)

                                  [LINE GRAPH]



NONINTEREST INCOME

Table 4 shows the major components of noninterest income.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Table 4

NONINTEREST INCOME
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  % Change
                                                Year ended December 31,     --------------
                                              ------------------------      1997/     1996/
(in millions)                                 1997      1996      1995      1996      1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>
Fees and commissions:
  Credit card membership and other 
    credit card fees                        $  227    $  116    $   95        96%       22%
  Shared ATM network fees                      168       102        51        65       100
  Charges and fees on loans                    139       112        52        24       115
  Debit and credit card merchant fees           98       112        65       (13)       72
  Mutual fund and annuity sales fees            69        61        33        13        85
  All other (1)                                245       237       137         3        73
                                            ------    ------    ------
    Total fees and commissions                 946       740       433        28        71
Service charges on deposit accounts            861       868       478        (1)       82
Trust and investment services income:
  Asset management and custody fees            249       214       129        16        66
  Mutual fund management fees                  175       129        71        36        82
  All other                                     26        34        41       (24)      (17)
                                            ------    ------    ------
    Total trust and
      investment services income               450       377       241        19        56
Investment securities gains (losses)            20        10       (17)      100        --
Sale of joint venture interest                  --        --       163        --      (100)
Income from equity investments
  accounted for by the:
    Cost method                                157       137        58        15       136
    Equity method                               57        24        39       138       (38)
Check printing charges                          70        61        39        15        56
Gains (losses) on sales of loans                52        22       (40)      136        --
Gain (losses) from dispositions
  of operations                                 15       (95)      (89)       --         7
Losses on dispositions of premises
  and equipment                                (63)      (46)      (31)       37        48
All other                                      139       102        50        36       104
                                            ------    ------    ------
    Total                                   $2,704    $2,200    $1,324        23%       66%
                                            ------    ------    ------       ---       ---
                                            ------    ------    ------       ---       ---
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes mortgage loan servicing fees totaling $98 million, $82 million and
     $55 million for purchased mortgage servicing rights for 1997, 1996 and
     1995, respectively.  Also includes the related amortization expense of
     $69 million, $63 million and $39 million for 1997, 1996 and 1995,
     respectively.  

Credit card membership and other credit card fees increased $111 million, or 
96%, from 1996 reflecting an industry trend of increased fees.

                                       16
<PAGE>

The increase in shared ATM network fees was due to higher surcharge and debit 
card fees, slightly offset by lower network fees.

The increase in trust and investment services income for 1997 was primarily 
due to greater mutual fund management fees, reflecting the overall growth in 
the fund families' net assets, including the Pacifica funds previously 
managed by First Interstate.  This increase was substantially offset by a 
reduction in income due to the sale of the Corporate Trust business and the 
Institutional Custody businesses to The Bank of New York.  The Institutional 
Custody businesses are being sold to The Bank of New York in several stages, 
the first of which was during the third quarter of 1997, with completion 
expected by the end of 1998. The net income for 1997 generated by the 
Institutional Custody businesses was approximately $11 million.  In the 
fourth quarter of 1997, the Overland Express Funds totaling $5.6 billion were 
merged into the Stagecoach family of mutual funds.  The assets and fees 
generated are not expected to change significantly as a result of the merging 
of the two families of funds. The Company managed 36 mutual funds consisting 
of $23.3 billion of assets at December 31, 1997, compared with 42 mutual 
funds consisting of $19.3 billion of assets (including 14 Overland Express 
Funds consisting of $5.1 billion of assets) at December 31, 1996. In addition 
to managing Stagecoach Funds, the Company also managed or maintained personal 
trust, employee benefit trust and agency assets of approximately $149 billion 
and $300 billion (including $245 billion from First Interstate) at December 
31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The decrease in assets managed or maintained 
was due to the sale of the Corporate Trust business in the first quarter of 
1997 and the sale of the Institutional Custody businesses which was 
substantially completed in the last half of 1997. The Company managed $9.3 
billion of Institutional Custody assets at December 31, 1997, compared with 
$85.0 billion at December 31, 1996.

Income from cost method equity investments in both 1997 and 1996 reflected 
net gains on the sales of and distributions from nonmarketable equity 
investments.

At December 31, 1996, the Company had a liability of $111 million related to 
the disposition of premises and, to a lesser extent, severance and 
miscellaneous expenses associated with branches not acquired as a result of 
the Merger.  Of this amount, $15 million represented the balance of the 1995 
accrual for the sale of 13 branches and the closures of 9 branches which were 
completed in 1997. At December 31, 1996, the remaining balance consisted of a 
fourth quarter 1996 accrual of $96  million for the disposition of 137 
traditional branches in California.  Of the $96 million, $48 million was 
associated with 68 branches that were closed in 1997. In the fourth quarter 
of 1997, the Company evaluated the remaining 69 scheduled branch closures and 
decided to retain 37 branches, which resulted in reducing the liability by 
$27 million. The decision was made based on numerous factors, including the 
need to maintain customer service levels, particularly given the earlier 
unstable operating environment associated with integrating First Interstate, 
as well as the review of profitability analyses demonstrating increased 
customer usage and improved profitability for these 37 branches. These 
developments were not anticipated or foreseen at the time this accrual was 
originally recorded.  The remaining $21 million liability at December 31, 
1997 was related to 32 branches that are expected to be closed in 1998.  In 
addition, an expense accrual of $27 million was made in the fourth quarter of 
1997 representing disposition of premises and, to a lesser extent, severance 
and communication expenses associated with the disposition in 1998 of 33 
traditional branches located mostly outside of California.  (See Note 2 to 
Financial Statements for other, former First Interstate branch dispositions.)

At December 31, 1997, the Company had 956 traditional branches, 523 in-store 
branches, 377 banking centers and  27 business centers in 10 Western states. 
Motor banking facilities ("motorbanks") are available at 52 of the 
traditional branches.

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

Table 5 shows the major components of noninterest expense.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Table 5

NONINTEREST EXPENSE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        % Change
                                      Year Ended December 31,   ----------------
                                    ------------------------      1997/     1996/
(in millions)                       1997      1996      1995      1996      1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Salaries                          $1,269    $1,357    $  713        (6)%      90%
Incentive compensation               195       227       126       (14)       80
Employee benefits                    332       373       187       (11)       99
Equipment                            385       399       193        (4)      107
Net occupancy                        388       366       211         6        73
Goodwill                             326       250        35        30       614
Core deposit intangible: 
  Nonqualifying (1)                  223       206        --         8        --
  Qualifying                          32        37        42       (14)      (12)
Operating losses                     320       145        45       121       222
Contract services                    236       295       149       (20)       98
Telecommunications                   143       140        58         2       141
Security                              87        56        21        55       167
Postage                               83        96        52       (14)       85
Outside professional services         79       112        45       (29)      149
Advertising and promotion             74       116        73       (36)       59
Stationery and supplies               69        76        37        (9)      105
Travel and entertainment              62        78        36       (21)      117
Check printing                        55        43        25        28        72
Outside data processing               49        55        11       (11)      400
Foreclosed assets                    (33)        7         1        --       600
All other                            175       203       141       (14)       44
                                  ------    ------    ------  
  Total                           $4,549    $4,637    $2,201        (2)%     111%
                                  ------    ------    ------      ----      ----
                                  ------    ------    ------      ----      ----
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Amortization of core deposit intangibles acquired after February 1992 that
     are subtracted from stockholders' equity in computing regulatory capital
     for bank holding companies.



                                       17
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Table 6

AVERAGE BALANCES, YIELDS AND RATES PAID (TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS) (1)(2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      1997                          1996
                                                               ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                                                  INTEREST                      Interest
                                                               AVERAGE    YIELDS/   INCOME/  Average    Yields/   income/
 (in millions)                                                 BALANCE     RATES   EXPENSE   balance     rates   expense
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>     <C>      <C>         <C>     <C>     
 EARNING ASSETS
 Federal funds sold and securities purchased
   under resale agreements                                     $   318      5.58%   $   18   $   522      5.55%   $   29
 Investment securities:
   At fair value (3):
     U.S. Treasury securities                                    2,709      6.03       163     2,460      5.77       142
     Securities of U.S. government agencies
       and corporations                                          5,640      6.44       362     6,980      6.20       435
     Private collateralized mortgage obligations                 2,821      6.65       189     2,691      6.39       174
     Other securities                                              333      6.28        19       455      6.84        28
                                                              --------              ------  --------              ------   
       Total investment securities at fair value                11,503      6.39       733    12,586      6.18       779
   At cost:
     U.S. Treasury securities                                       --        --        --        --        --        --
     Securities of U.S. government agencies
       and corporations                                             --        --        --        --        --        --
     Private collateralized mortgage obligations                    --        --        --        --        --        --
     Other securities                                               --        --        --        --        --        --
                                                              --------              ------  --------              ------   
       Total investment securities at cost                          --        --        --        --        --        --
                                                              --------              ------  --------              ------   
       Total investment securities                              11,503      6.39       733    12,586      6.18       779
 Mortgage loans held for sale (3)                                   --        --        --        --        --        --
 Loans:
   Commercial                                                   18,567      9.07     1,684    16,640      9.02     1,501
   Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                         9,697      7.50       728     9,601      7.43       713
   Other real estate mortgage                                   11,608      9.70     1,126    11,470      9.31     1,068
   Real estate construction                                      2,302     10.12       233     2,093     10.43       218
   Consumer:
     Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage                 6,005      9.39       564     5,801      9.09       528
     Credit card                                                 5,131     14.45       742     4,938     14.87       734
     Other revolving credit and monthly payment                  7,750      9.27       718     7,329      9.57       701
                                                              --------              ------  --------              ------   
         Total consumer                                         18,886     10.72     2,024    18,068     10.87     1,963
   Lease financing                                               3,446      8.82       304     2,557      8.82       226
   Foreign                                                         119      6.95         8       145      6.62        10
                                                              --------              ------  --------              ------   
         Total loans (4)(5)                                     64,625      9.45     6,107    60,574      9.41     5,699
 Other                                                             853      6.91        59       432      6.29        27
                                                              --------              ------  --------              ------   
           Total earning assets                                $77,299      8.95     6,917   $74,114      8.81     6,534
                                                              --------              ------  --------              ------   
                                                              --------                      --------           
 FUNDING SOURCES
 Deposits:
   Interest-bearing checking                                   $ 1,803      1.34        24   $ 4,236      1.26        53
   Market rate and other savings                                32,031      2.61       837    29,482      2.64       777
   Savings certificates                                         15,562      5.13       798    14,433      4.93       712
   Other time deposits                                             212      4.56        10       385      6.64        27
   Deposits in foreign offices                                     629      5.37        34       336      5.19        17
                                                              --------              ------  --------              ------   
     Total interest-bearing deposits                            50,237      3.39     1,703    48,872      3.25     1,586
 Federal funds purchased and securities sold
   under repurchase agreements                                   2,844      5.40       154     1,769      5.22        92
 Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings                  287      5.90        17       369      4.13        16
 Senior debt                                                     1,933      6.31       122     2,213      6.13       136
 Subordinated debt                                               2,751      7.03       193     2,403      6.93       166
 Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in Company's
   subordinated debentures                                       1,287      7.82       101        82      7.82         6
                                                              --------              ------  --------              ------   
     Total interest-bearing liabilities                         59,339      3.86     2,290    55,708      3.59     2,002
 Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources                 17,960        --        --    18,406        --        --
                                                              --------              ------  --------              ------   
           Total funding sources                               $77,299      2.96     2,290   $74,114      2.70     2,002
                                                              --------              ------  --------              ------   
                                                              --------                      --------               
 NET INTEREST MARGIN AND NET INTEREST INCOME ON
   A TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS (6)                                           5.99%   $4,627                6.11%   $4,532
                                                                          ------    ------              ------    ------
                                                                          ------    ------              ------    ------
 NONINTEREST-EARNING ASSETS
 Cash and due from banks                                       $ 8,020                       $ 7,977
 Goodwill                                                        7,218                         5,614
 Other                                                           7,023                         5,687
                                                              --------                      --------
       Total noninterest-earning assets                        $22,261                       $19,278
                                                              --------                      -------- 
                                                              --------                      -------- 
 NONINTEREST-BEARING FUNDING SOURCES
 Deposits                                                      $23,600                       $22,739
 Other liabilities                                               3,396                         2,796
 Preferred stockholders' equity                                    366                           779
 Common stockholders' equity                                    12,859                        11,370
 Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to
   fund earning assets                                         (17,960)                      (18,406)
                                                              --------                      --------
       Net noninterest-bearing funding sources                 $22,261                       $19,278
                                                              --------                      -------- 
                                                              --------                      -------- 
 TOTAL ASSETS                                                  $99,560                       $93,392
                                                              --------                      --------
                                                              --------                      -------- 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  The average prime rate of the Bank was 8.44%, 8.27%, 8.83%, 7.14% and 6.00%
     for 1997, 1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  The average three-month
     London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) was 5.74%, 5.51%, 6.04%, 4.75% and
     3.29% for the same years, respectively.
(2)  Interest rates and amounts include the effects of hedge and risk management
     activities associated with the respective asset and liability categories.
(3)  Yields are based on amortized cost balances.  The average amortized cost
     balances for investment securities at fair value totaled $11,467 million,
     $12,610 million, $3,144 million and $3,131 million in 1997, 1996, 1995 and
     1994, respectively.  The average amortized cost balance for mortgage loans
     held for sale totaled $1,012 million in 1995.


                                      18
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AVERAGE BALANCES, YIELDS AND RATES PAID (TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS) (1)(2)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   1995                         1994                         1993
                                             ---------------------------   --------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                               Interest                     Interest                     Interest
                                              Average  Yields/   income/   Average  Yields/   income/   Average  Yields/   income/
                                              balance   rates   expense    balance   rates   expense    balance   rates   expense
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>     <C>         <C>      <C>      
EARNING ASSETS
Federal funds sold and securities
  purchased under resale agreements           $    69    5.94%   $    4    $   189    3.51%   $    7    $   734    3.17%   $   23
Investment securities:
  At fair value (3):
    U.S. Treasury securities                      499    6.34        31        190    6.66        13         --      --        --
    Securities of U.S. government
      agencies and corporations                 1,426    5.55        81      1,547    5.82        93         --      --        --
    Private collateralized mortgage
      obligations                               1,095    6.24        71      1,240    6.14        80         --      --        --
    Other securities                               81   19.69        11         76   14.13         6         --      --        --
                                              -------            ------    -------            ------    -------            ------
      Total investment securities               3,101    6.17       194      3,053    6.12       192         --      --        --
         at fair value
  At cost:
    U.S. Treasury securities                    1,246    4.88        61      2,376    4.77       113      2,283    5.03       115
    Securities of U.S. government
       agencies and corporations                4,428    6.07       269      5,902    6.05       357      7,974    6.41       511
    Private collateralized mortgage
        obligations                             1,124    5.87        66      1,242    5.74        71        864    4.16        36
    Other securities                              145    6.90        10        133    5.75         8        189    5.67        11
                                              -------            ------    -------            ------    -------            ------
      Total investment securities at cost       6,943    5.84       406      9,653    5.69       549     11,310    5.95       673
                                              -------            ------    -------            ------    -------            ------
         Total investment securities           10,044    5.94       600     12,706    5.79       741     11,310    5.95       673
Mortgage loans held for sale (3)                1,002    7.48        76         --      --        --         --      --        --
Loans:                                  
  Commercial                                    8,635    9.88       853      7,092    9.19       652      7,154    9.36       670
  Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage         5,867    7.36       432      8,484    6.85       581      6,787    7.92       538
  Other real estate mortgage                    8,046    9.50       765      8,071    8.68       700      9,467    8.20       776
  Real estate construction                      1,146   10.16       116        977    9.29        91      1,303    8.50       111
  Consumer:                                  
    Real estate 1-4 family junior lien
      mortgage                                  3,349    8.61       288      3,387    7.75       262      3,916    6.97       273
    Credit card                                 3,547   15.59       552      2,703   15.39       416      2,587   15.62       404
    Other revolving credit and monthly 
      payment                                   2,397   10.68       257      2,023    9.60       194      1,893    9.45       179
                                              -------            ------    -------            ------    -------            ------
        Total consumer                          9,293   11.81     1,097      8,113   10.75       872      8,396   10.19       856
    Lease financing                             1,498    9.22       138      1,271    9.16       116      1,190    9.83       117
    Foreign                                        23    7.54         2         31    5.06         2          7      --        --
                                              -------            ------    -------            ------    -------            ------
          Total loans (4)(5)                   34,508    9.86     3,403     34,039    8.85     3,014     34,304    8.94     3,068
Other                                              62    5.47         3         54    5.89         3         --      --        --
                                              -------            ------    -------            ------    -------            ------
          Total earning assets                $45,685    8.93     4,086    $46,988    8.00     3,765    $46,348    8.12     3,764
                                              -------            ------    -------            ------    -------            ------
                                              -------                      -------                      -------
FUNDING SOURCES                              
Deposits:                                    
  Interest-bearing checking                   $ 3,907    1.00        39    $ 4,622     .98        45    $ 4,626    1.18        55
  Market rate and other savings                15,552    2.61       405     18,921    2.34       442     19,333    2.26       438
  Savings certificates                          8,080    5.25       424      7,030    4.28       301      7,948    4.37       347
  Other time deposits                             385    6.14        24        304    7.35        22        331    7.19        24
  Deposits in foreign offices                   1,771    5.91       105        925    4.75        44          7      --        --
                                              -------            ------    -------            ------    -------            ------
  Total interest-bearing deposits              29,695    3.36       997     31,802    2.69       854     32,245    2.68       864
Federal funds purchased and securities     
   sold under repurchase agreements             3,401    5.84       199      2,223    4.45        99      1,051    2.79        29
Commercial paper and other short-term 
  borrowings                                      544    5.82        32        224    4.25        10        207    2.90         6
Senior debt                                     1,618    6.67       107      1,930    5.29       102      2,174    4.75       103
Subordinated debt                               1,459    6.55        96      1,510    5.94        90      1,958    5.23       103
Guaranteed preferred beneficial
  interests in Company's subordinated 
  debentures                                       --      --        --         --      --        --         --      --        --
                                              -------            ------    -------            ------    -------            ------
    Total interest-bearing liabilities         36,717    3.90     1,431     37,689    3.06     1,155     37,635    2.93     1,105
Portion of noninterest-bearing funding 
  sources                                       8,968      --        --      9,299      --        --      8,713      --        --
                                              -------            ------    -------            ------    -------            ------
      Total funding sources                   $45,685    3.13     1,431    $46,988    2.45     1,155    $46,348    2.38     1,105
                                              -------            ------    -------            ------    -------            ------
                                              -------                      -------                      -------

NET INTEREST MARGIN AND NET INTEREST 
  INCOME ON A TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS (6)               5.80%   $2,655               5.55%   $2,610               5.74%   $2,659
                                                         ----    ------               ----    ------              -----    ------
                                                         ----    ------               ----    ------              -----    ------
NONINTEREST-EARNING ASSETS                 
Cash and due from banks                       $ 2,681                      $ 2,618                     $ 2,456
Goodwill                                          399                          458                         501
Other                                           2,002                        1,785                       1,805
                                              -------                      -------                     -------
      Total noninterest-earning assets        $ 5,082                      $ 4,861                     $ 4,762
                                              -------                      -------                     -------
                                              -------                      -------                     -------
                                           
NONINTEREST-BEARING FUNDING SOURCES           $ 9,085                      $ 9,019                     $ 8,482
Deposits                                        1,142                        1,062                         997
Other liabilities                                 489                          521                         639
Preferred stockholders' equity                  3,334                        3,558                       3,357
Common stockholders' equity                
Noninterest-bearing funding sources used       (8,968)                      (9,299)                     (8,713)
   to fund earning assets                     -------                      -------                     -------
                                              $ 5,082                      $ 4,861                     $ 4,762
    Net noninterest-bearing funding sources   -------                      -------                     -------
                                              -------                      -------                     -------
                                              $50,767                      $51,849                     $51,110
TOTAL ASSETS                                  -------                      -------                     -------
                                              -------                      -------                     ------- 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(4)  Interest income includes loan fees, net of deferred costs, of approximately
     $86 million, $74 million, $41 million, $40 million and $41 million in 1997,
     1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
(5)  Nonaccrual loans and related income are included in their respective loan
     categories.
(6)  Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments that primarily relate to income on
     certain loans and securities that is exempt from federal and applicable
     state income taxes.  The federal statutory tax rate was 35% for all years
     presented.


                                      19
<PAGE>

Salaries, incentive compensation and employee benefits expense decreased $161 
million in 1997 compared with 1996.  This was due to staff reductions after 
the merger with First Interstate.  The Company's active full-time equivalent 
(FTE) staff, including hourly employees, was 33,100 at December 31, 1997, 
compared with 36,902 at December 31, 1996.

The increase in operating losses in 1997 was predominantly a result of 
back-office problems which arose subsequent to certain systems conversions 
and other changes to operating processes that were part of the First 
Interstate integration.  These problems were related to clearing accounts 
with other banks, misposting of deposits and loan payments to customer 
accounts and processing of returned items.  Since the inception of these 
problems, management dedicated resources to resolve the increasing volume of 
ensuing suspense items. In the second quarter of 1997, based on the age and 
volume of suspense items as well as additional research and better insight, 
management determined that many of the items would not be cleared or 
collected. Consequently, it was determined that there was a need to record an 
operating loss related to the outstanding items. Substantially all of these 
items were written off in the third quarter.

Goodwill and CDI amortization resulting from the Merger were $292 million and 
$223 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1997, compared 
with $216 million and $206 million, respectively, for the year ended December 
31, 1996.  The core deposit intangible is amortized on an accelerated basis 
based on an estimated useful life of 15 years. The impact on noninterest 
expense from the amortization of the nonqualifying core deposit intangible in 
1998, 1999 and 2000 is expected to be $177 million, $158 million and $144 
million, respectively. The related impact on income tax expense is expected 
to be a benefit of $72 million, $64 million and $58 million in 1998, 1999 and 
2000, respectively.

The Company has determined that a significant number of its computer software 
applications will need to be reprogrammed or, to a far lesser extent, 
replaced in order to maintain their functionality as the year 2000 
approaches.  A comprehensive plan has been developed, with system conversions 
and testing to be substantially completed by December 31, 1998.  
Additionally, communications with significant customers and vendors have been 
initiated to determine the extent of risk created by those third parties' 
failure to remediate their own Year 2000 issue.  However, it is not possible, 
at present, to determine the financial effect if significant customer and 
vendor remediation efforts are not resolved in a timely manner.

The Company's noninterest expense for 1997 includes approximately $10 million 
associated with the Year 2000 issue.  The Company currently estimates that it 
will incur (and expense) additional incremental, out-of-pocket costs in the 
area of $100 million.  Other costs associated with the redeployment of 
internal systems technology resources to the Year 2000 issue are expected to 
be significantly less than the incremental costs.

EARNINGS/RATIOS EXCLUDING GOODWILL AND NONQUALIFYING CDI

Table 7 reconciles reported earnings to net income excluding goodwill and 
nonqualifying core deposit intangible amortization ("cash" or "tangible") for 
the year ended December 31, 1997.  Table 8 presents the calculation of the 
ROA, ROE and efficiency ratios excluding goodwill and nonqualifying core 
deposit intangible amortization and balances for the year ended December 31, 
1997. These calculations were specifically formulated by the Company and may 
not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.  
Also, "cash" or "tangible" earnings are not entirely available for use by 
management. See the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and Note 3 to 
Financial Statements for other information regarding funds available for use 
by management.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Table 7

EARNINGS EXCLUDING GOODWILL AND NONQUALIFYING CDI
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     Year ended
(in millions)                                                                 December 31, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Amortization
                                                              -----------------------
                                                                        Nonqualifying
                                                    Reported             core deposit    "Cash"
                                                    earnings  Goodwill     intangible  earnings
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>       <C>            <C>
Income before income tax expense                      $2,154     $ 326          $ 223    $2,703
  Income tax expense                                     999        --             91     1,090
                                                      ------     -----          -----    ------
Net income                                             1,155       326            132     1,613
  Preferred stock dividends                               25        --             --        25
                                                      ------     -----          -----    ------
Net income applicable to common stock                 $1,130     $ 326          $ 132    $1,588
                                                      ------     -----          -----    ------
                                                      ------     -----          -----    ------
Earnings per common share                             $12.77     $3.69          $1.49    $17.96
                                                      ------     -----          -----    ------
                                                      ------     -----          -----    ------
Earnings per common share - assuming dilution         $12.64     $3.65          $1.47    $17.77
                                                      ------     -----          -----    ------
                                                      ------     -----          -----    ------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Table 8

RATIOS EXCLUDING GOODWILL AND NONQUALIFYING CDI
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              Year ended
(in millions)                                                                          December 31, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>
                    ROA:            A / (C-E)         =      1.77%
                    ROE:            B / (D-E)         =     34.39%
                    Efficiency:     (F-G) / H         =     54.64%

Net income                                                                                  $ 1,613  (A)
Net income applicable to common stock                                                         1,588  (B)
Average total assets                                                                         99,560  (C)
Average common stockholders' equity                                                          12,859  (D)
Average goodwill ($7,218) and after-tax nonqualifying core deposit intangible ($1,023)        8,241  (E)
Noninterest expense                                                                           4,549  (F)
Amortization expense for goodwill and nonqualifying core deposit intangible                     549  (G)
Net interest income plus noninterest income                                                   7,318  (H)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



                                      20
<PAGE>

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

A comparison between the year-end 1997 and 1996 balance sheets is presented 
below. The Bank's assets of $89.2 billion and $98.7 billion at December 31, 
1997 and 1996, respectively, represented more than 90% of the Company's 
consolidated assets at those dates.


INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Total investment securities averaged $11.5 billion in 1997, a 9% decrease 
from $12.6 billion in 1996. Total investment securities were $9.9 billion at 
December 31, 1997, a 27% decrease from $13.5 billion at December 31, 1996. 

Table 9 provides expected remaining maturities and yields (taxable-equivalent 
basis) of debt securities within the investment portfolio. The weighted 
average expected remaining maturity of the debt securities portfolio was 1 
year and 11 months at December 31, 1997, compared with 2 years and 2 months 
at December 31, 1996.  It has been the intention of the Company to maintain a 
relatively short-term expected maturity position in order to provide 
additional liquidity and to fund future loan growth. Expected remaining 
maturities will differ from remaining contractual maturities because 
borrowers may have the right to prepay certain obligations with or without 
penalties. It is more appropriate to monitor investment security maturities 
and yields using prepayment assumptions since this better reflects what the 
Company expects to occur. (Note 4 to Financial Statements shows the remaining 
contractual principal maturities and yields of debt securities.)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Table 9

INVESTMENT SECURITIES
EXPECTED REMAINING MATURITIES AND YIELDS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                 Weighted
                                                                  average
                                                                 expected
                                                                remaining                         After one year
                                                       Weighted  maturity   Within one year   through five years
                                               Total    average  (in yrs.   ---------------  -------------------
(in millions)                                 amount      yield    - mos.)  Amount    Yield      Amount    Yield
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>         <C> 
U.S. Treasury securities                      $2,535       6.04%      1-3   $1,130     5.83%     $1,404     6.21%
Securities of U.S. government
   agencies and corporations                   4,390       6.68       2-3    1,910     6.80       2,032     6.58
Private collateralized mortgage obligations    2,390       6.76       1-6    1,097     7.04       1,265     6.41
Other                                            441       8.11       4-2       73     7.33         232     7.74
                                              ------                        ------               ------
TOTAL COST OF DEBT SECURITIES (1)             $9,756       6.60%     1-11   $4,210     6.61%     $4,933     6.49%
                                              ------       ----      ----   ------     ----      ------     ----
                                              ------       ----      ----   ------     ----      ------     ----
ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE                          $9,823                        $4,229               $4,972
                                              ------                        ------               ------
                                              ------                        ------               ------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                                            December 31, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           After five years                  
                                          through ten years   After ten years
                                          -----------------  ----------------
(in millions)                               Amount    Yield   Amount    Yield 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>
                                                                  
U.S. Treasury securities                      $  1     6.67%    $ --       --%
Securities of U.S. government
   agencies and corporations                   371     6.90       77     5.30
Private collateralized mortgage obligations     24    10.08        4    20.17
Other                                          121     9.02       15    10.50
                                              ----              ----
TOTAL COST OF DEBT SECURITIES (1)             $517     7.54%    $ 96     6.69%
                                              ----     ----     ----    -----
                                              ----     ----     ----    -----
ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE                          $522              $100         
                                              ----              ----
                                              ----              ----
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  The weighted average yield is computed using the amortized cost of
     available-for-sale debt securities carried at fair value. See Note 4 to
     Financial Statements for fair value of available-for-sale securities by
     type of security.

The available-for-sale portfolio includes both debt and marketable equity 
securities. At December 31, 1997, the available-for-sale securities portfolio 
had an unrealized net gain of $92 million, comprised of unrealized gross 
gains of $112 million and unrealized gross losses of $20 million.  At 
December 31, 1996, the available-for-sale securities portfolio had an 
unrealized net gain of $41 million, comprised of unrealized gross gains of 
$107 million and unrealized gross losses of $66 million. The unrealized net 
gain or loss on available-for-sale securities is reported on an after-tax 
basis as a valuation allowance that is a separate component of stockholders' 
equity. At December 31, 1997, the valuation allowance amounted to an 
unrealized net gain of $55 million, compared with an unrealized net gain of 
$23 million at December 31, 1996.

The unrealized net gain in the debt securities portion of the available-for- 
sale portfolio at December 31, 1997 was primarily attributable to mortgage- 
backed securities, reflecting a decrease in interest rates since the time of 
purchase. The Company may decide to sell certain of the available-for-sale 
securities to manage the level of earning assets (for example, to offset loan 
growth that may exceed expected



                                      21
<PAGE>

maturities and prepayments of securities).  (See Note 4 to Financial 
Statements for investment securities carried at fair value by security type.)

At December 31, 1997, mortgage-backed securities included in securities of 
U.S. government agencies and corporations primarily consisted of pass-through 
securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs) and substantially 
all were issued or backed by federal agencies. These securities, along with 
the private CMOs, represented $6,780 million, or 69% of the Company's 
investment securities portfolio at December 31, 1997.  The CMO securities 
held by the Company (including the private issues) are primarily 
shorter-maturity class bonds that were structured to have more predictable 
cash flows by being less sensitive to prepayments during periods of changing 
interest rates.  As an indication of interest rate risk, the Company has 
estimated the impact of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates on the 
value of the mortgage-backed securities and the corresponding expected 
remaining maturities. Based on this rate scenario, mortgage-backed securities 
would decrease in fair value from $6,821 million to $6,594 million and the 
expected remaining maturity of these securities would increase from 2 years 
and 0 months to 2 years and 6 months.

LOAN PORTFOLIO

A comparative schedule of average loan balances is presented in Table 6; 
year-end balances are presented in Note 5 to Financial Statements.

Loans averaged $64.6 billion in 1997, compared with $60.6 billion in 1996. 
Total loans at December 31, 1997 were $65.7 billion, compared with $67.4 
billion at year-end 1996. The decrease in loans is primarily due to the 
run-off 

                        LOAN MIX AT YEAR END (%)

                              [BAR GRAPH]

in the residential mortgage and direct auto loan portfolios, where the 
Company has withdrawn from the business of being an active originator for its 
own balance sheet.  Except for those portfolios, the Company expects to see 
growth in all major categories in 1998. The Company's total unfunded loan 
commitments decreased to $54.0 billion at December 31, 1997, from $55.2 
billion at December 31, 1996. 

Commercial loans grew 3% to $20.1 billion at year-end 1997, from $19.5 
billion at December 31, 1996.  Total unfunded commercial loan commitments 
decreased from $28.1 billion at December 31, 1996 to $27.5 billion at 
December 31, 1997. Included in the commercial loan portfolio are agricultural 
loans of $1,599 million and $1,409 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996, 
respectively. Agricultural loans consist of loans to finance agricultural 
production and other loans to farmers.

Table 10 presents comparative period-end commercial real estate loans.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Table 10

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             % Change
                                                      December 31,    ---------------
                                      ---------------------------      1997/     1996/
(in millions)                            1997      1996      1995      1996      1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>
Commercial loans to real estate
  developers and REITs (1)            $ 1,772   $ 1,070   $   700        66 %      53%
Other real estate mortgage (2)         12,186    11,860     8,263         3        44
Real estate construction                2,320     2,303     1,366         1        69
                                      -------   -------   -------
  Total                               $16,278   $15,233   $10,329         7 %      47%
                                      -------   -------   -------       ---       ---
                                      -------   -------   -------       ---       ---

Nonaccrual loans                      $   252   $   376   $   371       (33)%       1%
                                      -------   -------   -------       ---       ---
                                      -------   -------   -------       ---       ---
Nonaccrual loans as a % of total          1.5%      2.5%      3.6%
                                      -------   -------   -------
                                      -------   -------   -------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


(1)  Included in commercial loans.  (REITs are real estate investment trusts.)
(2)  Includes agricultural loans that are primarily secured by real estate of
     $343 million, $325 million and $250 million at December 31, 1997, 1996 and
     1995, respectively. 


Table 11 summarizes other real estate mortgage loans by state and property 
type.


Table 12 summarizes real estate construction loans by state and project type.

                                      22


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Table 11

REAL ESTATE MORTGAGE LOANS BY STATE AND TYPE
(EXCLUDING 1-4 FAMILY FIRST MORTGAGE LOANS)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                          ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                         Other
                                California             Texas    Nevada(2)      Washington           states (3)
                          ----------------   ---------------   ----------  --------------      ---------------
                           Total      Non-   Total      Non-        Total  Total     Non-      Total      Non-
(in millions)              loans   accrual   loans   accrual        loans  loans  accrual      loans   accrual
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>      <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>      <C>    
Office buildings          $2,200      $ 79    $197       $--         $ 76   $101      $--     $  603       $24
Retail buildings           1,513        24     159         3           49    148        1        552         4
Industrial                 1,543        14      49        --           57     31        1        171         8
Hotels/motels                399         4     107        --          364     12       --        492        --
Apartments                   927        17      71         1           23    132        1        215         1
Institutional                334         9      29        --            8     64       --         49         3
Agricultural                 277         9      12        --           --     13       --         37         4
Land                         204         8      13        --           14      4       --         35        --
1-4 family structures (1)      2        --      --        --           --      5       --         --        --
Other                        394         8      77         4           44     91       --        289(4)      1
                          ------      ----    ----       ---         ----   ----      ---     ------       ---
  Total by state          $7,793      $172    $714       $ 8         $635   $601      $ 3     $2,443       $45
                          ------      ----    ----       ---         ----   ----      ---     ------       ---
                          ------      ----    ----       ---         ----   ----      ---     ------       ---
  % of total loans            64%                6%                     5%     5%                 20%
                          ------              ----                   ----   ----              ------
                          ------              ----                   ----   ----              ------
  Nonaccruals as a %
    of total by state                    2%                1%                          --%                   2%
                                      ----               ---                          ---                  --- 
                                      ----               ---                          ---                  --- 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------
                                       December 31, 1997
                           -----------------------------
                                                    Non-
                                   All states   accruals   
                           ------------------     as a %   
                             Total       Non-   of total   
(in millions)                loans    accrual    by type   
- --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Office buildings           $ 3,177       $103          3%  
Retail buildings             2,421         32          1   
Industrial                   1,851         23          1   
Hotels/motels                1,374          4         --   
Apartments                   1,368         20          1   
Institutional                  484         12          2   
Agricultural                   339         13          4   
Land                           270          8          3   
1-4 family structures (1)        7         --         --   
Other                          895         13          1   
                           -------       ----         
  Total by state           $12,186       $228          2%  
                           -------       ----         --   
                           -------       ----         --   
  % of total loans             100%
                           -------
                           -------
  Nonaccruals as a % 
    of total by state
- --------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Represents loans to real estate developers secured by 1-4 family
     residential developments.
(2)  There were no loans on nonaccrual at December 31, 1997.
(3)  Consists of 35 states; no state had loans in excess of $370 million at
     December 31, 1997.
(4)  Includes loans secured by collateral pools of approximately $100 million
     (where the pool is a mixture of various real estate property types located
     in various states, non-real estate-related assets and other guarantees).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Table 12

REAL ESTATE CONSTRUCTION LOANS BY STATE AND TYPE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                 Other 
                              California   Nevada (1)             Texas    Arizona(1)   Oregon(1)            states(2) 
                         ---------------   ----------   ---------------    ----------   ---------      ---------------
                         Total      Non-        Total   Total      Non-         Total       Total      Total      Non-  
(in millions)            loans   accrual        loans   loans   accrual         loans       loans      loans   accrual  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>      <C>            <C>     <C>     <C>             <C>         <C>        <C>     <C> 
Retail buildings        $  136       $--         $ 23    $ 10       $--          $  6        $  9       $163       $--  
1-4 family:
  Land                     238        --            8       7        --            --           7         77        --  
  Structures               187        15           11      29        --            27           3         50        --  
Land (excluding
  1-4 family)              132        --            3      48        --             2           3         66         7  
Apartments                 100        --           14       7        --             6          46         53        --  
Office buildings            82        --            1      20        --            24          12         34        --  
Industrial                  81        --            6       9        --             5           2         24        --  
Hotels/motels               15        --           36       6        --            48           7          5        --  
Institutional                7        --            4       3        --             2          25          2        --  
Agricultural                 1        --           --      --        --             4          --         --        --  
Other                      131        --           99      38         1            10           6        100        --  
                        ------       ---         ----    ----       ---          ----        ----       ----       ---
  Total by state        $1,110       $15         $205    $177       $ 1          $134        $120       $574       $ 7  
                        ------       ---         ----    ----       ---          ----        ----       ----       ---
                        ------       ---         ----    ----       ---          ----        ----       ----       ---
  % of total loans          48%                     9%      7%                      6%          5%        25%           
                        ------                   ----    ----                    ----        ----       ----
                        ------                   ----    ----                    ----        ----       ----
  Nonaccruals as a %
    of total by state                  1%                             1%                                             1%
                                     ---                            ---                                            ---
                                     ---                            ---                                            ---
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------
                                       December 31, 1997
                         -------------------------------
                                                    Non-
                                  All states    accruals
                           -----------------      as a %
                            Total       Non-    of total
(in millions)               loans    accrual     by type
- ---------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>     <C>          <C>
Retail buildings           $  347        $--          --%
1-4 family:
  Land                        337         --          -- 
  Structures                  307         15           5 
Land (excluding                                          
  1-4 family)                 253          7           3 
Apartments                    226         --          -- 
Office buildings              173         --          -- 
Industrial                    127         --          -- 
Hotels/motels                 117         --          -- 
Institutional                  43         --          -- 
Agricultural                    5         --          -- 
Other                         385          1          -- 
                           ------        ---
  Total by state           $2,320        $23           1%
                           ------        ---         ---
                           ------        ---         ---
  % of total loans            100%
                           ------ 
                           ------ 
  Nonaccruals as a %     
    of total by state      
- --------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  There were no loans on nonaccrual at December 31, 1997.
(2)  Consists of 21 states; no state had loans in excess of $75 million at
     December 31, 1997.


                                      23
<PAGE>

NONACCRUAL AND RESTRUCTURED LOANS AND OTHER ASSETS

Table 13 presents comparative data for nonaccrual and restructured loans and 
other assets. Management's classification of a loan as nonaccrual or 
restructured does not necessarily indicate that the principal of the loan is 
uncollectible in whole or in part. Table 13 excludes loans that are 
contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal, but are 
both well-secured and in the process of collection or are real estate 1-4 
family first mortgage loans or consumer loans that are exempt under 
regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual.  This information is 
presented in Table 16. Notwithstanding, real estate 1-4 family loans (first 
and junior liens) are placed on nonaccrual within 150 days of becoming past 
due and are shown in the table below.  (Notes 1 and 5 to Financial Statements 
describe the Company's accounting policies relating to nonaccrual and 
restructured loans and foreclosed assets, respectively.)

Table 14 summarizes the approximate changes in nonaccrual loans. The Company 
anticipates normal influxes of nonaccrual loans as it further increases its 
lending activity as well as resolutions of loans in the nonaccrual portfolio. 
The performance of any individual loan can be impacted by external factors, 
such as the interest rate environment or factors particular to a borrower 
such as actions taken by a borrower's management.  In addition, from time to 
time, the Company purchases loans from other financial institutions that may 
be classified as nonaccrual based on its policies.

The Company generally identifies loans to be evaluated for impairment under 
FAS 114 (Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan) when such loans 
are on nonaccrual or have been restructured.  However, not all nonaccrual 
loans are impaired. Generally, a loan is placed on nonaccrual status upon 
becoming 90 days past due as to interest or 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Table 13

NONACCRUAL AND RESTRUCTURED LOANS AND OTHER ASSETS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    December 31,
                                                   --------------------------------------------
(in millions)                                      1997      1996      1995      1994      1993
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Nonaccrual loans:
  Commercial (1)(2)                                $155      $223      $112      $ 88    $  252
  Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage             104        99        64        81        99
  Other real estate mortgage (3)                    228       349       307       328       578
  Real estate construction                           23        25        46        58       235
  Consumer:                                              
    Real estate 1-4 family junior lien
      mortgage                                       17        15         8        11        27
    Other revolving credit and
      monthly payment                                 1         1         1         1         3
  Lease financing                                    --         2        --        --        --
                                                   ----      ----      ----      ----    ------
      Total nonaccrual loans (4)                    528       714       538       567     1,194
Restructured loans (5)                                9        10        14        15         6
                                                   ----      ----      ----      ----    ------
Nonaccrual and restructured loans (6)               537       724       552       582     1,200
As a percentage of total loans                       .8%      1.1%      1.6%      1.6%      3.6%
 
Foreclosed assets (7)                               158       219       186       272       348
Real estate investments (8)                           4         4        12        17        15
                                                   ----      ----      ----      ----    ------
Total nonaccrual and restructured
  loans and other assets                           $699      $947      $750      $871    $1,563
                                                   ----      ----      ----      ----    ------
                                                   ----      ----      ----      ----    ------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes loans (primarily unsecured) to real estate developers and REITs of
     $1 million, $2 million, $18 million, $30 million and $91 million at
     December 31, 1997, 1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
(2)  Includes agricultural loans of $13 million, $13 million, $6 million, $1
     million and $9 million at December 31, 1997, 1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993,
     respectively.
(3)  Includes agricultural loans secured by real estate of $13 million, $10
     million, $1 million, $3 million and $24 million at December 31, 1997, 1996,
     1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
(4)  Of the total nonaccrual loans, $298 million, $493 million and $408 million
     at December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, were considered impaired
     under FAS 114 (Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan).
(5)  In addition to originated loans that were subsequently restructured, there
     were loans of $23 million, $50 million and $50 million at December 31,
     1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively, that were purchased at a steep discount
     whose contractual terms were modified after acquisition.  The modified
     terms did not affect the book balance nor the yields expected at the date
     of purchase.  Of the total restructured loans and loans purchased at a
     steep discount, $23 million, $50 million and $50 million were considered
     impaired under FAS 114 at December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
(6)  Related commitments to lend additional funds were approximately $14 million
     at December 31, 1997.
(7)  Includes agricultural properties of $16 million, $17 million, $22 million,
     $23 million and $26 million at December 31, 1997, 1996, 1995, 1994 and 
     1993, respectively.
(8)  Represents the amount of real estate investments (contingent interest loans
     accounted for as investments) that would be classified as nonaccrual if
     such assets were loans. Real estate investments totaled $172 million, $154
     million, $95 million, $54 million and $34 million at December 31, 1997,
     1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.


                                      24
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Table 14

CHANGES IN NONACCRUAL LOANS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Year ended
                                                     -----------------
                                                     DEC. 31,  Dec. 31,
(in millions)                                           1997      1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>
BALANCE, BEGINNING OF YEAR                             $ 714     $ 538
Nonaccrual loans of First Interstate                      --       201
New loans placed on nonaccrual                           441       655
Charge-offs                                             (171)     (148)
Payments                                                (434)     (312)
Transfers to foreclosed assets                            (5)     (101)
Loans returned to accrual                                (17)     (119)
                                                       -----     -----
BALANCE, END OF YEAR                                   $ 528     $ 714
                                                       -----     -----
                                                       -----     -----
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

principal (unless both well-secured and in the process of collection), when 
the full timely collection of interest or principal becomes uncertain or when 
a portion of the principal balance has been charged off. Real estate 1-4 
family loans (both first liens and junior liens) are placed on nonaccrual 
status within 150 days of becoming past due as to interest or principal, 
regardless of security.  In contrast, under FAS 114, loans are considered 
impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all 
amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, 
including scheduled interest payments.  For a loan that has been 
restructured, the contractual terms of the loan agreement refer to the 
contractual terms specified by the original loan agreement, not the 
contractual terms specified by the restructuring agreement.  Not all impaired 
loans are necessarily placed on nonaccrual status. That is, restructured 
loans performing under restructured terms beyond a specified performance 
period are classified as accruing but may still be deemed impaired under FAS 
114.

For loans covered under FAS 114, the Company makes an assessment for 
impairment when and while such loans are on nonaccrual, or the loan has been 
restructured. When a loan with unique risk characteristics has been 
identified as being impaired, the amount of impairment will be measured by 
the Company using discounted cash flows, except when it is determined that 
the sole (remaining) source of repayment for the loan is the operation or 
liquidation of the underlying collateral.  In such cases, the current fair 
value of the collateral, reduced by costs to sell, will be used in place of 
discounted cash flows. Additionally, some impaired loans with commitments of 
less than $1 million are aggregated for the purpose of measuring impairment 
using historical loss factors as a means of measurement.

If the measurement of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment 
in the loan (including accrued interest, net deferred loan fees or costs and 
unamortized premium or discount), an impairment is recognized by creating or 
adjusting an existing allocation of the allowance for loan losses.  FAS 114 
does not change the timing of charge-offs of loans to reflect the amount 
ultimately expected to be collected.


                        NONACCRUAL LOANS ($ BILLIONS)

                                 [LINE GRAPH]

                 NEW LOANS PLACED ON NONACCRUAL ($ BILLIONS)

                                 [LINE GRAPH]


If interest due on the book balances of all nonaccrual and restructured loans 
(including loans no longer on nonaccrual or restructured at year end) had 
been accrued under their original terms, $55 million of interest would have 
been recorded in 1997, compared with $23 million actually recorded.  

Table 15 summarizes the changes in foreclosed assets. Foreclosed assets at 
December 31, 1997 decreased to $158 million from $219 million at December 31, 
1996.  Approximately 61% of foreclosed assets at December 31, 1997 have been 
in the portfolio three years or less, with  land and agricultural  properties 
representing the majority of the amount greater than three years old.

Table 15

CHANGES IN FORECLOSED ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Year ended
                                                    -----------------
                                                     DEC. 31, Dec. 31,
(in millions)                                           1997     1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>      <C>
BALANCE, BEGINNING OF YEAR                             $ 219    $ 186
Foreclosed assets of First Interstate                     --       51
Additions                                                 95      141
Sales                                                   (146)    (129)
Charge-offs                                              (11)     (20)
Write-downs                                               (5)      (5)
Other                                                      6       (5)
                                                       -----    -----

BALANCE, END OF YEAR                                   $ 158    $ 219
                                                       -----    -----
                                                       -----    -----
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                      25
<PAGE>

LOANS 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUING

Table 16 shows loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or 
principal, but not included in the nonaccrual or restructured categories. All 
loans in this category are both well-secured and in the process of collection 
or are real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans or consumer loans that are 
exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual because 
they are automatically charged off after being past due for a prescribed 
period (generally, 180 days).  Notwithstanding, real estate 1-4 family loans 
(first liens and junior liens) are placed on nonaccrual within 150 days of 
becoming past due and such nonaccrual loans are excluded from Table 16.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Table 16

LOANS 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUING
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         December 31,
                                                       ---------------------------------------------
(in millions)                                           1997      1996      1995      1994      1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Commercial                                              $  8      $ 65      $ 12      $  6       $ 4
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                     35        42         8        18        19
Other real estate mortgage                                 5        59        24        47        14
Real estate construction                                   1         4        --        --         8
Consumer:
  Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage             42        23         4         4         6
  Credit card                                            133       120        95        42        43
  Other revolving credit and monthly payment              19        20         1         1         1
                                                        ----      ----      ----      ----       ---
    Total consumer                                       194       163       100        47        50
                                                        ----      ----      ----      ----       ---
  Total                                                 $243      $333      $144      $118       $95
                                                        ----      ----      ----      ----       ---
                                                        ----      ----      ----      ----       ---
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

An analysis of the changes in the allowance for loan losses, including 
charge-offs and recoveries by loan category, is presented in Note 5 to 
Financial Statements. At December 31, 1997, the allowance for loan losses was 
$1,828 million, or 2.78% of total loans, compared with $2,018 million, or 
3.00%, at December 31, 1996 and $1,794 million, or 5.04%, at December 31, 
1995.  During 1991 and 1992, the Company had a significantly higher provision 
for loan losses than prior years resulting from a nationwide (particularly 
California) recession as well as the Company's examination process and that 
of its regulators.  As both the economic environment and the credit quality 
of the Company's loan portfolio improved, the Company began reducing its 
provision in 1993 and 1994. In 1995, as California continued to make progress 
in its economic recovery and as the Company considered the allowance for loan 
losses adequate in relation to its existing loan portfolio, no provision was 
made.  In April 1996, the Company absorbed the $770 million allowance for 
loan losses of First Interstate as a result of the Merger.  In the third 
quarter of 1996, the Company began making a provision for loan losses of $35 
million due to the level of charge-offs and increased that amount by $35 
million for each succeeding quarter through the third quarter of 1997. The 
provision for loan losses totaled  $105 million in 1996 and $615 million in 
1997.  As it had done in the fourth quarter of 1997, the Company anticipates 
that it will continue to make a provision for loan losses of approximately 
$195 million each quarter in 1998, which is expected to approximate net 
charge-offs. Net charge-offs in 1997 were $805 million, or 1.25% of average 
total loans, compared with $640 million, or 1.05%, in 1996 and $288 million, 
or .83%, in 1995. Loan loss recoveries were $273 million in 1997, compared 
with $220 million in 1996 and $134 million in 1995. Table 17 summarizes net 
charge-offs by loan category.

The commercial loan category in 1997 includes net charge-offs for the 
commercial loan component of small business loans of $109 million (or 2.91% 
of average small business loans in this category), compared with $50 million 
(or 1.89%) in 1996 and $18 million (or 1.27%) in 1995.  During 1997, the 
period for charging off past due loans for the Business Direct product within 
this portfolio was changed from 180 to 120 days.  The impact of this change 
was an increase in gross charge-offs of approximately $15 million.  The 
target market for small business loans is expected to experience higher loss 
rates on a recurring basis than is the case with loans to middle market and 
corporate borrowers, and such loans are priced at appropriately higher 
spreads.

The largest category of net charge-offs in all periods presented was credit 
card loans, comprising more than 50% of the total net charge-offs.  During 
1997, credit card gross charge-offs due to bankruptcies were $204 million, or 
42%, of total credit card charge-offs, compared with $163 million, or 40%, 
and $82 million, or 39%, in 1996 and 1995, respectively.  In addition, credit 
card loans 30 to 89 days past due and still accruing totaled $173 million at 
December 31, 1997, compared with $199 million and $127 million at December 
31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  

                                      26
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Table 17

NET CHARGE-OFFS BY LOAN CATEGORY
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                Year ended December 31,
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------
                                                            1997               1996               1995
                                                ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
                                                            % OF               % of               % of
                                                         AVERAGE            average            average
(in millions)                                   AMOUNT     LOANS   Amount     loans   Amount     loans
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>
Commercial                                        $199      1.06%    $ 86       .50%    $ 17       .19%
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage               15       .15       10       .11       10       .17
Other real estate mortgage                         (35)     (.30)      (7)     (.06)      (1)     (.02)
Real estate construction                            (8)     (.34)       2       .09        9       .80
Consumer:
  Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage       15       .25       19       .33       13       .40
  Credit card                                      438      8.54      368      7.44      195      5.46
  Other revolving credit and monthly payment       152      1.98      139      1.91       41      1.73
                                                  ----               ----               ----      
    Total consumer                                 605      3.21      526      2.91      249      2.67
Lease financing                                     29       .86       23       .89        4       .31
                                                  ----               ----               ----
  Total net loan charge-offs                      $805      1.25%    $640      1.05%    $288       .83%
                                                  ----     -----     ----      ----     ----      ----
                                                  ----     -----     ----      ----     ----      ----
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Any loan that is past due as to principal or interest and that is not both 
well-secured and in the process of collection is generally charged off (to 
the extent that it exceeds the fair value of any related collateral) after a 
predetermined period of time that is based on loan category. For example, 
credit card loans generally are charged off within 180 days of becoming past 
due. Additionally, loans are charged off when classified as a loss by either 
internal loan examiners or regulatory examiners.

The Company has an established process to determine the adequacy of the 
allowance for loan losses which assesses the risk and losses inherent in its 
portfolio. This process provides an allowance consisting of two components, 
allocated and unallocated.  To arrive at the allocated component of the 
allowance, the Company combines estimates of the allowances needed for loans 
analyzed individually (including impaired loans subject to FAS 114) and loans 
analyzed on a pool basis.  While coverage of one year's losses is often 
adequate (particularly for homogeneous pools of loans), the time period 
covered by the allowance may vary by portfolio, based on the Company's best 
estimate of the inherent losses in the entire portfolio as of the evaluation 
date.  The Company has deemed it prudent, when reviewing the overall 
allowance, to maintain a total allowance in excess of projected losses. To 
mitigate the imprecision inherent in most estimates of expected credit 
losses, the allocated component of the allowance is supplemented by an 
unallocated component.  The unallocated component includes management's 
judgmental determination of the amounts necessary for concentrations, 
economic uncertainties and other subjective factors; correspondingly, the 
relationship of the unallocated component to the total allowance for loan 
losses may fluctuate from period to period.  Although management has 
allocated a portion of the allowance to specific loan categories, the 
adequacy of the allowance must be considered in its entirety.

The Company's determination of the level of the allowance and, 
correspondingly, the provision for loan losses rests upon various judgments 
and assumptions, including general (particularly California's) economic 
conditions, loan portfolio composition, prior loan loss experience and the 
Company's ongoing examination process and that of its regulators. The Company 
has an internal risk analysis and review staff that reports to the Board of 
Directors and continuously reviews loan quality. Such reviews also assist 
management in establishing the level of the allowance.  Similar to a number 
of other large national banks, the Bank has been for several years and 
continues to be examined by its primary regulator, the Office of the 
Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), and has OCC examiners in residence. These 
examinations occur throughout the year and target various activities of the 
Bank, including specific segments of the loan portfolio (for example, 
commercial real estate and shared national credits). In addition to the Bank 
being examined by the OCC, the Parent and its nonbank subsidiaries are 
examined by the Federal Reserve.

The Company considers the allowance for loan losses of $1,828 million 
adequate to cover losses inherent in loans, commitments to extend credit and 
standby letters of credit at December 31, 1997.


                                      27
<PAGE>

DEPOSITS

Comparative detail of average deposit balances is presented in Table 6. 
Average core deposits increased 3% in 1997 compared with 1996 largely due to 
the Merger. This was  partially offset by divestitures of branches and sales 
of former First Interstate banks which occurred in 1996 and sales of  
branches in 1996 and 1997, including $3.9 billion of core deposits.  Average 
core deposits funded 73% and 76% of the Company's average total assets in 
1997 and 1996, respectively.

Year-end deposit balances are presented in Table 18. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Table 18

DEPOSITS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      December 31,    
                                                -----------------        %
(in millions)                                      1997      1996   Change
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>       <C>       <C>
Noninterest-bearing                             $23,953   $29,073      (18)%
Interest-bearing checking                         2,155     2,792      (23)
Market rate and other savings                    29,940    33,947      (12)
Savings certificates                             15,349    15,769       (3)
                                                -------   -------
  Core deposits                                  71,397    81,581      (12)
Other time deposits                                 205       186       10
Deposits in foreign offices                         597        54       --
                                                -------   -------
  Total deposits                                $72,199   $81,821      (12)%
                                                -------   -------      --- 
                                                -------   -------      --- 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                    CORE DEPOSITS AT YEAR END ($ BILLIONS)

                                 [BAR GRAPH]


CERTAIN FAIR VALUE INFORMATION

FAS 107 (Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments) requires that 
the Company disclose estimated fair values for certain financial instruments. 
Quoted market prices, when available, are used to reflect fair values. If 
market quotes are not available, which is the case for most of the Company's 
financial instruments, management has provided its best estimate of the 
calculation of the fair values using discounted cash flows. Fair value 
amounts differ from book balances because fair values attempt to capture the 
effect of current market conditions (for example, interest rates) on the 
Company's financial instruments. 

There was an increase in the excess (premium) of the fair value over the 
carrying value of the Company's financial instruments at December 31, 1997 
compared with December 31, 1996. The Company's FAS 107 disclosures are 
presented in Note 20 to Financial Statements.

CAPITAL ADEQUACY/RATIOS

The Company uses a variety of measures to evaluate capital adequacy. 
Management reviews the various capital measures monthly and takes appropriate 
action to ensure that they are within established internal and external 
guidelines. The Company's current capital position exceeds current guidelines 
established by industry regulators. 

RISK-BASED CAPITAL RATIOS

The Federal Reserve Board (FRB) and the OCC issue risk-based capital (RBC) 
guidelines for bank holding companies and national banks, respectively. The 
FRB is the primary regulator for the Parent and the OCC is the primary 
regulator for the Bank.  RBC guidelines establish a risk-adjusted ratio 
relating capital to different categories of assets and off-balance sheet 
exposures. (See Note 18 to Financial Statements for additional information.)

The Company's total RBC ratio at December 31, 1997 was 11.49% and its Tier 1 
RBC ratio was 7.61%, exceeding the minimum guidelines of 8% and 4%, 
respectively. The ratios at December 31, 1996 were 11.70% and 7.68%, 
respectively.  The decrease in the Company's RBC ratios at December 31, 1997 
compared with 1996 resulted substantially from the repurchase of common stock.

The Company's risk-weighted assets are calculated as shown in Table 19. 
Risk-weighted balance sheet assets were $19.9 billion and $26.7 billion less 
than total assets on the consolidated balance sheet of $97.5 billion and 
$108.9 billion at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, as a result of 
weighting certain types of assets at less than 100%; such assets, for both 
December 31, 1997 and 1996, substantially consisted of claims on or 
guarantees by the U.S. government or its agencies (risk-weighted at 0% to 
20%), cash

                                        28
<PAGE>

and due from banks (0% to 20%), 1-4 family first mortgage loans (50%) and 
private collateralized mortgage obligations backed by 1-4 family first 
mortgage loans (50%).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Table 19

RISK-BASED CAPITAL AND LEVERAGE RATIOS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          December 31,
                                                     ----------------
(in billions)                                          1997      1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>       <C>
Tier 1:
  Common stockholders' equity                         $12.6     $13.5
  Preferred stock (1)                                    .3        .4
  Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in
    Company's subordinated debentures                   1.3       1.2
  Goodwill and other deductions (2)                    (8.1)     (8.5)
                                                     ------    ------
    Total Tier 1 capital                                6.1       6.6
                                                     ------    ------
Tier 2:
  Mandatory convertible debt                             .1        .2
  Subordinated debt and unsecured senior debt           2.0       2.1
  Allowance for loan losses allowable in Tier 2         1.0       1.1
                                                     ------    ------
    Total Tier 2 capital                                3.1       3.4
                                                     ------    ------
      Total risk-based capital                        $ 9.2     $10.0
                                                     ------    ------
                                                     ------    ------

Risk-weighted balance sheet assets                    $77.6     $82.2
Risk-weighted off-balance sheet items:
  Commitments to make or purchase loans                 9.4      10.1
  Standby letters of credit                             1.6       2.1
  Other                                                  .7        .5
                                                     ------    ------
    Total risk-weighted off-balance sheet items        11.7      12.7
                                                     ------    ------
Goodwill and other deductions (2)                      (8.1)     (8.5)
Allowance for loan losses not included in Tier 2        (.8)      (.9)
                                                     ------    ------

    Total risk-weighted assets                        $80.4     $85.5
                                                     ------    ------
                                                     ------    ------
Risk-based capital ratios:
  Tier 1 capital (4% minimum requirement)              7.61%     7.68%
  Total capital (8% minimum requirement)              11.49     11.70

Leverage ratio (3% minimum requirement) (3)            6.95%     6.65%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Excludes $175 million of Series D preferred stock at December 31, 1996 due
     to the Company's December 1996 announcement to redeem this series in March
     1997.
(2)  Other deductions include CDI acquired after February 1992 (nonqualifying
     CDI) and the unrealized net gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities
     carried at fair value.
(3)  Tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets (excluding
     goodwill, nonqualifying CDI and other items which were deducted to arrive
     at Tier 1 capital).

LEVERAGE RATIO

To supplement the RBC guidelines, the FRB established a leverage ratio 
guideline. The leverage ratio consists of Tier 1 capital divided by quarterly 
average total assets, excluding goodwill and certain other items. The minimum 
leverage ratio guideline is 3% for banking organizations that do not 
anticipate significant growth and that have well-diversified risk, excellent 
asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings and, in general, are considered 
top-rated, strong banking organizations.  Other banking organizations are 
expected to have ratios of at least 4% to 5%, depending upon their particular 
condition and growth plans.  Higher leverage ratios could be required by the 
particular circumstances or risk profile of a given banking organization. The 
Company's leverage ratios were 6.95% and 6.65% at December 31, 1997 and 1996, 
respectively. The increase in the leverage ratio at December 31, 1997 
compared with December 31, 1996 resulted primarily from a decrease in 
quarterly average total assets.

FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION IMPROVEMENT ACT OF 1991 (FDICIA)

In addition to adopting a risk-based assessment system, FDICIA required that 
the federal regulatory agencies adopt regulations defining five capital 
tiers: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, 
significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Under the 
regulations, a "well capitalized" institution must have a Tier 1 RBC ratio of 
at least 6%, a total capital ratio of at least 10% and a leverage ratio of at 
least 5% and not be subject to a capital directive order. The Bank had a Tier 
1 RBC ratio of 8.34%, a total capital ratio of 11.18% and a leverage ratio of 
7.21% at December 31, 1997, compared with 8.53%, 11.00% and 6.81% at December 
31, 1996, respectively.

MARKET RISKS

Market risk is the exposure to loss resulting from changes in interest rates, 
foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices.  The 
primary market risk to which the Company is exposed is interest rate risk.  
The majority of the Company's interest rate risk arises from the instruments, 
positions and transactions entered into for purposes other than trading.  
They include loans, investment securities, deposit liabilities, short-term 
borrowings, senior and subordinated debt and derivative financial instruments 
used for asset/liability management.  Interest rate risk occurs when assets 
and liabilities reprice at different times as interest rates change.  For 
example, if fixed-rate assets are funded with floating-rate debt, the spread 
between assets and liability rates will decline or turn negative if rates 
increase.  The Company refers to this type of risk as "term structure risk."  
There is, however, another source of interest rate risk which results from 
changing spreads between asset and liability rates.  The Company calls this 
type of risk "basis risk;" it is the Company's main source of interest rate 
risk and is significantly more difficult to quantify and manage than term 
structure risk. The two most significant components of basis risk are the 
spread between Prime-based loans and market rate account (MRA) savings 
deposits and the rate paid on savings and interest-bearing checking accounts 
as compared to LIBOR-based loans.

                                       29
<PAGE>

Interest rate risk is managed within an overall asset/liability framework for 
the Company. The principal objectives of asset/liability management are to 
manage the sensitivity of net interest spreads to potential changes in 
interest rates and to enhance profitability in ways that promise sufficient 
reward for understood and controlled risk. Funding positions are kept within 
predetermined limits designed to ensure that risk-taking is not excessive and 
that liquidity is properly managed. The Company employs a sensitivity 
analysis in the form of a net interest income simulation to help characterize 
the market risk arising from changes in interest rates in the 
other-than-trading portfolio.

The Company's net interest income simulation includes all other-than-trading 
financial assets, financial liabilities, derivative financial instruments and 
leases where the Company is the lessor.  It captures the dynamic nature of 
the balance sheet by anticipating probable balance sheet and off-balance 
sheet strategies and volumes under different interest rate scenarios over the 
course of a one-year period. This simulation measures both the term structure 
risk and the basis risk in the Company's positions. The simulation also 
captures the option characteristics of products, such as caps and floors on 
floating rate loans, the right to prepay mortgage loans without penalty and 
the ability of customers to withdraw deposits on demand.  These options are 
modeled directly in the simulation either through the use of option pricing 
models, in the case of caps and floors on loans, or through statistical 
analysis of historical customer behavior, in the case of mortgage loan 
prepayments or non-maturity deposits.

The Company uses four standard scenarios -- rates unchanged, expected rates, 
high rates and low rates -- in analyzing interest rate sensitivity.  The 
expected scenario is based on the Company's projected future interest rates, 
while the high-rate and low-rate scenarios cover 90% probable upward and 
downward rate movements based on the Company's own interest rate models. For 
example, the low-rate scenario would have the 5-year Treasury rate of 4.61% 
at December 31, 1998, compared with the actual rate of 5.71% at December 31, 
1997. 

The current interest rate risk limit using the net interest income simulation 
allows up to 30 basis points (.30%) of sensitivity in the expected average 
net interest margin over the next year. As of December 31, 1997, the 
simulation showed a decline in the net interest margin of  5 basis points 
(.05%, or $38 million decline in net interest income) for the low-rate 
scenario case relative to the expected case.

The Company uses interest rate derivative financial instruments as an 
asset/liability management tool to hedge mismatches in interest rate 
exposures indicated by the net interest income simulation described above.  
They are used to reduce the Company's exposure to interest rate fluctuations 
and provide more stable spreads between loan yields and the rates on their 
funding sources. For example, the Company uses interest rate futures to 
shorten the rate maturity of MRA savings deposits to better match the 
maturity of Prime-based loans. The Company also purchases interest rate 
floors to protect against the loss in interest income on LIBOR-based loans 
during a decreasing interest rate environment. Additionally, receive-fixed 
rate swaps are used to convert floating-rate loans into fixed rates to better 
match the liabilities that fund the loans.

Looking toward managing interest rate risk in 1998, the Company will continue 
to face term structure risk and basis risk and may be confronted with several 
risk scenarios.  If interest rates rise, net interest income may actually 
increase if deposit rates lag increases in market rates (e.g. Prime, LIBOR).  
The Company could, however, experience significant pressure on net interest 
income if there is a substantial increase in deposit rates relative to market 
rates.  This basis risk potentially could be hedged with interest rate caps, 
but the Company believes they are not cost-effective in relation to the risk 
they would mitigate.

A declining interest rate environment might result in a decrease in loan 
rates, while deposit rates remain relatively stable, as they did between 1994 
and 1996. This rate scenario could also create significant risk to net 
interest income. The Company has partially hedged against this risk with 
interest rate floor and receive-fixed rate swap contracts. The Company will 
be entering into new receive-fixed rate swaps in the first quarter of 1998 to 
replace maturing swaps and help maintain the existing hedge against a falling 
interest rate environment. Based on its current and projected balance sheet, 
the Company does not expect that a change in interest rates would affect its 
liquidity position.

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company uses interest rate derivative financial instruments as an 
asset/liability management tool to hedge the Company's exposure to interest 
rate fluctuations. The Company also offers contracts to its customers, but 
hedges such contracts by purchasing other financial contracts or uses the 
contracts for asset/liability management.

Table 20 reconciles the beginning and ending notional or contractual amounts 
for derivative financial instruments for 1997 and shows the expected 
remaining maturity at year-end 1997. Table 21 summarizes the notional amount, 
expected maturities and weighted average interest rates associated with 
amounts to be received or paid on interest rate swap agreements, together 
with an indication of the asset/liability hedged. For a further discussion of 
derivative financial instruments, refer to Note 19 to Financial Statements.


                                       30
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Table 20

DERIVATIVE ACTIVITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              Year ended December 31, 1997
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                  Weighted
                                                                                                                   average
                                                                                                                  expected
                                                                                                                 remaining
(notional or contractual       Beginning                                                      Ending          maturity (in
 amounts in millions)            balance    Additions    Expirations    Terminations (2)     balance            yrs.-mos.)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>                  <C>         <C>
Interest rate contracts:
  Swaps                          $18,986      $19,138        $18,399            $266         $19,459(3)                2-9
  Futures                          5,198       26,335         22,145(1)          742           8,646                  0-10
  Floors purchased                21,044        2,798          1,819             155          21,868(4)                2-1
  Caps purchased                   2,523        1,633          1,080              --           3,076                   2-4
  Floors written                     405          823            106              --           1,122                   3-0
  Caps written                     2,174        1,682            968              17           2,871                   2-5
  Options purchased                   --          540            461              --              79                   0-1
  Options written                     --           27             --              --              27                   0-1
  Forwards                            --           59             --              --              59                   0-4
Foreign exchange contracts:
  Forwards and spots               1,377       73,365         72,832              --           1,910                   0-2
  Options purchased                   65          320            275              --             110                   0-3
  Options written                     59          316            265              --             110                   0-6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  To facilitate the settlement process, the Company enters into offsetting
     contracts 2 to 45 days prior to their maturity date. Concurrent with the
     closing of these positions, the Company generally enters into new interest
     rate futures and forward contracts with a later expiration date since the
     Company's use of these contracts predominantly relates to ongoing hedging
     programs.
(2)  Terminations occur if a customer that purchased a contract decides to
     cancel it before the maturity date. If the customer contract was hedged,
     the Company terminates the interest rate derivative instrument used to
     hedge the customer's contract upon cancellation. The impact of terminations
     on income before income taxes for 1997 was a loss of less than $.5 million.
(3)  See Table 21 for further details of maturities and average rates received
     or paid.
(4)  Includes forward floors, which will hedge loans, of $3 million starting in
     February 1998, $2,000 million starting in October 1998, $1,200 million
     starting in January 1999, $20 million starting in March 1999, $63 million
     starting in June 1999 and $5 million starting in October 2000.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Table 21

INTEREST RATE SWAP MATURITIES AND AVERAGE RATES (1)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  There-
(notional amounts in millions)              1998      1999      2000      2001     after      Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Receive-fixed rate (hedges loans)
  Notional amount                         $1,900    $2,628    $3,639    $2,607    $   88    $10,862
  Weighted average rate received            5.94%     6.84%     6.74%     6.59%     6.77%      6.59%
  Weighted average rate paid                5.99      5.97      5.94      5.87      6.26       5.94

Receive-fixed rate (hedges senior
  and subordinated debt)         
  Notional amount                         $   67    $   --    $   --    $  314    $1,158    $ 1,539
  Weighted average rate received            8.38%       --%       --%     7.52%     7.40%      7.47%
  Weighted average rate paid                5.97        --        --      5.89      6.05       6.02

Receive-fixed rate (hedges purchased
  mortgage servicing rights)        
  Notional amount                         $  200    $   --    $   --    $  200    $   --    $   400
  Weighted average rate received            5.92%       --%       --%     5.67%       --%      5.80%
  Weighted average rate paid                5.89        --        --      5.91        --       5.90

Receive-fixed rate (hedges deposits)
  Notional amount                         $   --    $  250    $1,700    $1,550    $   --    $ 3,500
  Weighted average rate received              --%     6.07%     5.36%     5.55%       --%      5.49%
  Weighted average rate paid                  --      5.84      5.89      5.92        --       5.90

Other swaps (2)
  Notional amount                         $  720    $  632    $  544    $  617    $  645    $ 3,158
  Weighted average rate received            6.21%     6.19%     6.33%     6.02%     6.24%      6.19%
  Weighted average rate paid                6.15      6.14      6.25      5.98      6.11       6.12

Total notional amount                     $2,887    $3,510    $5,883    $5,288    $1,891    $19,459
                                          ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    -------
                                          ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    -------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Variable interest rates are presented on the basis of rates in effect at
     December 31, 1997. These rates may change substantially in the future due
     to open market factors.
(2)  Represents customer accommodation swaps not used for asset/liability
     management purposes. The notional amount reflects customer accommodations
     as well as the swaps used to hedge the customer accommodations.


                                      31

<PAGE>

LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT

Liquidity refers to the Company's ability to maintain a cash flow adequate to 
fund operations and meet obligations and other commitments on a timely and 
cost-effective basis.

In recent years, core deposits have provided the Company with a sizable 
source of relatively stable and low-cost funds. The Company's average core 
deposits and stockholders' equity funded 87% and 89% of its average total 
assets in 1997 and 1996, respectively. 

The remaining funding of average total assets was mostly provided by senior 
and subordinated debt, deposits in foreign offices, short-term borrowings 
(comprised of federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase 
agreements, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings) and trust 
preferred securities.  Senior and subordinated debt averaged $4.7 billion and 
$4.6 billion in 1997 and 1996, respectively.  Short-term borrowings averaged 
$3.1 billion and $2.1 billion in 1997 and 1996, respectively.  Trust 
preferred securities averaged $1.3 billion and $82 million in 1997 and 1996, 
respectively.

The weighted average expected remaining maturity of the debt securities 
within the investment securities portfolio was 1 year and 11 months at 
December 31, 1997. Of the $9.8 billion debt securities that were available 
for sale at December 31, 1997, $4.2 billion, or 43%, is expected to mature or 
be prepaid in 1998 and an additional $2.6 billion, or 27%, is expected to 
mature or be prepaid in 1999. 

Other sources of liquidity include maturity extensions of short-term 
borrowings and sale or runoff of assets. Commercial and real estate loans 
totaled $43.5 billion at December 31, 1997. Of these loans, $13.7 billion 
matures in one year or less, $15.0 billion matures in over one year through 
five years and $14.8 billion matures in over five years. Of the $29.8 billion 
that matures in over one year, $20.2 billion has floating or adjustable rates 
and $9.6 billion has fixed rates. Of the $9.6 billion of fixed-rate loans, 
approximately $1.7 billion represents fixed initial-rate mortgage (FIRM) 
loans. FIRM loans carry fixed rates for a minimum of 3 years to a maximum of 
10 years of the loan term and carry adjustable rates thereafter. (Refer to 
the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for further information on the 
Company's cash flows from its operating, investing and financing activities.)

Liquidity for the Parent Company and its subsidiaries is generated through 
its ability to raise funds in a variety of domestic and international money 
and capital markets, and through dividends from subsidiaries and lines of 
credit. In 1996, the Company filed a shelf registration with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission (SEC) that allows for the issuance of $3.5 billion of 
senior or subordinated debt or preferred stock.  The proceeds from the sale 
of any securities will be used for general corporate purposes.  As of 
December 31, 1997, the Company had issued $.2 billion of preferred stock and 
$.7 billion of medium-term notes under this shelf registration, with $2.6 
billion of securities remaining unissued.

In 1996, the Company also filed a universal shelf registration statement with 
the SEC that allows for the issuance of $750 million of senior and 
subordinated debt, preferred stock and common stock of the Company and 
preferred securities of special purpose subsidiary trusts.  The registration 
allows each special purpose subsidiary to issue trust preferred securities 
which qualify as Tier 1 capital of the Company for regulatory purposes.  The 
special purpose subsidiary holds junior subordinated deferrable interest 
debentures (debentures) of the Company.  Interest paid on these debentures 
will be distributed to the holders of the trust preferred securities.  As a 
result, distributions to the holders of the trust preferred securities will 
be tax deductible and treated as interest expense in the consolidated 
statement of income.  This provides the Company with a more cost-effective 
means of obtaining Tier 1 capital than if the Company itself were to issue 
additional preferred stock.  In December 1996, the Company issued $400 
million in trust preferred securities through one trust, Wells Fargo Capital 
I.  In January 1997, the Company issued an additional $150 million in trust 
preferred securities through a separate trust, Wells Fargo Capital II.  At 
December 31, 1997, $200 million remained unissued under this shelf 
registration. (See Note 10 to Financial Statements.) In addition to the 
publicly registered trust preferred securities, the Company established in 
1996 three special purpose trusts, which collectively issued $750 million of 
trust preferred securities in private placements (see Note 10 to Financial 
Statements).  Similar to the registered trust preferred securities, these 
preferred securities qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes and 
the interest on the debentures is paid as tax-deductible distributions to the 
trust preferred security holders. The proceeds from these publicly registered 
and private placement issuances were invested in debentures of the Company.  
The proceeds from the sale of these debentures were used by the Company for 
general corporate purposes.  

In 1997, the Parent's primary source of funding was dividends paid by the 
Bank totaling $2.0 billion.  The dividends received helped to fund the 
Company's stock repurchase program.  The Company expects the Parent to 
continue to receive dividends from the Bank in 1998.  (See Notes 3 and 16 to 
Financial Statements for a discussion of the restrictions on the Bank's 
ability to pay dividends and the Parent Company's financial statements, 
respectively.)


                                      32
<PAGE>


To accommodate future growth and current business needs, the Company has a 
capital expenditure program.  Capital expenditures for 1998 are estimated at 
about $300 million for equipment for supermarket branches, banking centers 
and business centers, relocation and remodeling of Company facilities and 
routine replacement of furniture and equipment.  The Company will fund these 
expenditures from various sources, including retained earnings of the Company 
and borrowings of various maturities.

COMPARISON OF 1996 VERSUS 1995

On April 1, 1996, the Company completed its acquisition (Merger) of First 
Interstate Bancorp (First Interstate), which has been accounted for as a 
purchase business combination.  As a result, the financial information 
presented in this Annual Report reflects the effects of the acquisition 
subsequent to the Merger's consummation. Since the Company's results of 
operations subsequent to April 1, 1996 reflect amounts recognized from the 
combined operations, they cannot be divided between or attributed directly to 
either of the two former entities nor can they be directly compared with 
prior periods.

In substantially all of the Company's income and expense categories, the 
increases in the amounts reported for the year ended December 31, 1996 
compared to the amounts reported in the corresponding period in 1995 resulted 
from the Merger.  The increases in substantially all of the categories of the 
Company's balance sheet between amounts reported at December 31, 1996 and 
those reported at December 31, 1995 also resulted from the Merger. Other 
significant factors affecting the comparison of the Company's results of 
operations and financial position are described below.

Net income in 1996 was $1,071 million, compared with $1,032 million in 1995, 
an increase of 4%. Earnings per common share were $12.21 in 1996, compared 
with $20.37 in 1995, a decrease of 40%. Return on average assets (ROA) was 
1.15% and return on average common equity (ROE) was 8.83% in 1996, compared 
with 2.03% and 29.70%, respectively, in 1995.

The increase in earnings in 1996 compared with 1995 reflected the results of 
the Merger, substantially offset by a $163 million ($94 million after tax) 
gain resulting from the sale of the Company's joint venture interest in Wells 
Fargo Nikko Investment Advisors (WFNIA) in 1995 and a $105 million loan loss 
provision in 1996 compared with none in 1995.

Earnings before the amortization of goodwill and nonqualifying core deposit 
intangible (CDI) ("cash" or "tangible" earnings) were $16.74 per share 
($16.52 assuming dilution) in 1996, compared with $21.08 ($20.76 assuming 
dilution) in 1995.  This decrease is substantially due to the estimated 
expenses related to the First Interstate integration of about $440 million 
and a loan loss provision of $105 million.  On the same basis, ROA was 1.66% 
and ROE was 28.46% in 1996, compared with 2.12% and 34.92%, respectively, in 
1995.

Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis was $4,532 million in 1996, 
compared with $2,655 million in 1995. The Company's net interest margin was 
6.11% for 1996, compared with 5.80% in 1995. The increase in the margin was 
primarily due to the mix of funding sources due to the Merger, as core 
deposits replaced more expensive short-term borrowings. The increase in net 
interest income for 1996 compared with 1995 was primarily due to an increase 
in average earning assets as a result of the Merger.

Noninterest income increased from $1,324 million in 1995 to $2,200 million in 
1996, an increase of 66%. In addition to the effects of the Merger, the 
increase reflects the loss on sale in 1995 of certain product types within 
the real estate 1-4 family first mortgage portfolio.  The increase in 1996 
was partially offset by the 1995 sale of the Company's joint venture interest 
in WFNIA.

In December 1995, the Company sold its joint venture interest in WFNIA as 
well as its MasterWorks division to Barclays PLC of the U.K., resulting in a 
$163 million pre-tax gain. The Company's joint venture interest in WFNIA was 
accounted for as an equity investment under the equity method.  The income 
from the equity investment in WFNIA, included in noninterest income, totaled 
$27 million in 1995. Noninterest income from the MasterWorks division, 
included in "all other" trust and investment services income totaled $26 
million in 1995.

In 1996, losses from dispositions of operations included a $96 million fourth 
quarter 1996 accrual representing dispositions of premises and, to a lesser 
extent, severance and communications expenses associated with the disposition 
of 137 traditional branches in California. (See page 17 for additional 
information.) 


                                      33
<PAGE>


Gains and losses on sales of loans for 1995 included a first quarter $83 
million write-down to the lower of cost or estimated market resulting from 
the reclassification of certain types of products within the real estate 1-4 
family first mortgage loan portfolio to mortgage loans held for sale.  During 
the second half of 1995, as all mortgage loans held for sale were sold and 
because such sales were at prices greater than originally estimated, the 
Company recorded a $19 million gain on sale.

Noninterest expense increased from $2,201 million in 1995 to $4,637 million 
in 1996. In addition to the effect of combining operations of First 
Interstate with the Company, the increase reflected goodwill and 
nonqualifying CDI amortization, severance for Wells Fargo employees and other 
integration expenditures.  The Company's active, full-time equivalent staff, 
including hourly employees was 36,902 at December 31, 1996, compared with 
19,249 at December 31, 1995.

Excluding the effects of the Merger, the increase in equipment expense to 
$399 million in 1996 compared with $193 million in 1995 was related to a 
higher level of spending on software and technology for product development 
and increased depreciation expense on equipment related to business 
initiatives and system upgrades.

The Company's effective tax rate was 46% for 1996 and 42% for 1995.  The 
increase in the effective tax rate for 1996 was due to increased goodwill 
amortization related to the Merger, which is not tax deductible.

The decrease in federal deposit insurance expense in 1996, compared with 
1995, was substantially due to the revised rate structure effective June 1, 
1995, partially offset by the passage of the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 
1996 (DIFA).  DIFA was enacted, in part, to increase the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation Savings Association Insurance Fund reserve ratio to 
1.25% and levied a 65.7 cent fee on every $100 of thrift deposits held on 
March 31, 1995.  The Company acquired thrift deposits through the Merger. 
Accordingly, $22 million was paid in 1996 based on the thrift deposits of 
First Interstate.

There was a provision for loan losses of $105 million in 1996, compared with 
no provision in 1995. Net charge-offs in 1996 were $640 million, or 1.05% of 
average total loans, compared with $288 million, or .83%, in 1995. The 
allowance for loan losses was 3.00% of total loans at December 31, 1996, 
compared with 5.04% at December 31, 1995.

Total nonaccrual and restructured loans were $724 million, or 1.1% of total 
loans, at December 31, 1996, compared with $552 million, or 1.6% of total 
loans, at December 31, 1995.  Foreclosed assets were $219 million at December 
31, 1996, compared with $186 million at December 31, 1995.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Common stock of the Company is traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the 
Pacific Exchange, the London Stock Exchange and the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. 
The high, low and end-of-period annual and quarterly closing prices of the 
Company's stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite 
Transaction Reporting System are presented in the graphs. The number of 
holders of record of the Company's common stock was 42,299 as of January 31, 
1998.

Common dividends declared per share totaled $5.20 in 1997, $5.20 in 1996 and 
$4.60 in 1995. The dividend was last increased in the first quarter of 1996 
to $1.30 per share from $1.15 per share. Quarterly dividends are considered 
at the Board of Directors meeting the month following quarter end. Dividends 
declared are payable the second month after quarter end. The Company, with 
the approval of the Board of Directors, intends to continue its present 
policy of paying quarterly cash dividends to stockholders. The level of 
future dividends will be determined by the Board of Directors in light of the 
earnings and financial condition of the Company.


                   PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK - ANNUAL ($)

                                 [BAR GRAPH]

                 PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK - QUARTERLY ($)

                                 [BAR GRAPH]


                                      34
<PAGE>

                     WELLS FARGO & COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   Year ended December 31,
                                                                       ----------------------------------
(in millions)                                                            1997          1996          1995
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                    <C>           <C>           <C>
INTEREST INCOME 
Federal funds sold and securities
  purchased under resale agreements                                    $   18        $   29        $    4
Investment securities                                                     732           779           599
Mortgage loans held for sale                                               --            --            76
Loans                                                                   6,094         5,688         3,403
Other                                                                      60            27             3
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
    Total interest income                                               6,904         6,523         4,085
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits                                                                1,703         1,586           997
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under
  repurchase agreements                                                   154            92           199
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings                           17            16            32
Senior and subordinated debt                                              315           302           203
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in Company's
  subordinated debentures                                                 101             6            --
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
    Total interest expense                                              2,290         2,002         1,431
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
NET INTEREST INCOME                                                     4,614         5,521         2,654
Provision for loan losses                                                 615           105            --
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
Net interest income after provision for loan losses                     3,999         4,416         2,654
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
NONINTEREST INCOME
Fees and commissions                                                      946           740           433
Service charges on deposit accounts                                       861           868           478
Trust and investment services income                                      450           377           241
Investment securities gains (losses)                                       20            10           (17)
Sale of joint venture interest                                             --            --           163
Other                                                                     427           205            26
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
    Total noninterest income                                            2,704         2,200         1,324
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Salaries                                                                1,269         1,357           713
Incentive compensation                                                    195           227           126
Employee benefits                                                         332           373           187
Equipment                                                                 385           399           193
Net occupancy                                                             388           366           211
Goodwill                                                                  326           250            35
Core deposit intangible                                                   255           243            42
Operating losses                                                          320           145            45
Other                                                                   1,079         1,277           649
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
    Total noninterest expense                                           4,549         4,637         2,201
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE                                        2,154         1,979         1,777
Income tax expense                                                        999           908           745
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
NET INCOME                                                             $1,155        $1,071        $1,032
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
NET INCOME APPLICABLE TO COMMON STOCK                                  $1,130        $1,004        $  990
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE                                              $12.77        $12.21        $20.37
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE -
  ASSUMING DILUTION                                                    $12.64        $12.05        $20.06
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER COMMON SHARE                                    $ 5.20        $ 5.20        $ 4.60
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
Average common shares outstanding                                        88.4          82.2          48.6
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
Average common shares outstanding - assuming dilution                    89.4          83.3          49.4
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
                                                                       ------        ------        ------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.


                                      35
<PAGE>

                     WELLS FARGO & COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            December 31,
                                                                -----------------------
(in millions)                                                      1997            1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks                                         $ 8,169        $ 11,736
Federal funds sold and securities
  purchased under resale agreements                                  82             187
Investment securities at fair value                               9,888          13,505

Loans                                                            65,734          67,389
Allowance for loan losses                                         1,828           2,018
                                                                -------        --------
    Net loans                                                    63,906          65,371
                                                                -------        --------
Due from customers on acceptances                                    98             197
Accrued interest receivable                                         507             665
Premises and equipment, net                                       2,117           2,406
Core deposit intangible                                           1,709           2,038
Goodwill                                                          7,031           7,322
Other assets                                                      3,949           5,461
                                                                -------        --------
    Total assets                                                $97,456        $108,888
                                                                -------        --------
                                                                -------        --------
LIABILITIES
Noninterest-bearing deposits                                    $23,953        $ 29,073
Interest-bearing deposits                                        48,246          52,748
                                                                -------        --------
    Total deposits                                               72,199          81,821
Federal funds purchased and securities 
  sold under repurchase agreements                                3,576           2,029
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings                    249             401
Acceptances outstanding                                              98             197
Accrued interest payable                                            175             171
Other liabilities                                                 2,403           3,947
Senior debt                                                       1,983           2,120
Subordinated debt                                                 2,585           2,940
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in Company's
  subordinated debentures                                         1,299           1,150

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock                                                     275             600
Common stock - $5 par value, authorized
  150,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 
  86,152,779 shares and 91,474,425 shares                           431             457
Additional paid-in capital                                        8,712          10,287
Retained earnings                                                 3,416           2,749
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments                  --              (4)
Investment securities valuation allowance                            55              23
                                                                -------        --------
    Total stockholders' equity                                   12,889          14,112
                                                                -------        --------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                  $97,456        $108,888
                                                                -------        --------
                                                                -------        --------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.


                                      36
<PAGE>

                    WELLS FARGO & COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             Foreign    Investment      Total
                                                                  Additional                currency    securities     stock-
                                              Preferred  Common      paid-in   Retained  translation     valuation   holders'
(in millions)                                     stock   stock      capital   earnings  adjustments     allowance     equity
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>         <C>     <C>          <C>       <C>            <C>          <C>
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1994                         $ 489    $256      $   871    $ 2,409          $(4)        $(110)   $ 3,911
                                                  -----    ----      -------    -------          ---         -----    -------

Net income -1995                                                                  1,032                                 1,032
Common stock issued under employee                                                       
  benefit and dividend reinvestment plans                     4           86                                               90
Common stock repurchased                                    (25)        (822)                                            (847)
Preferred stock dividends                                                           (42)                                  (42)
Common stock dividends                                                             (225)                                 (225)
Change in unrealized net losses,                                                         
  after applicable taxes                                                                                       136        136
Transfer                                                               1,000     (1,000)                                   --
                                                  -----    ----      -------    -------          ---         -----    -------
Net change                                           --     (21)         264       (235)          --           136        144
                                                  -----    ----      -------    -------          ---         -----    -------
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1995                           489     235        1,135      2,174           (4)           26      4,055
                                                  -----    ----      -------    -------          ---         -----    -------
Net income-1996                                                                   1,071                                 1,071
Preferred stock issued to First Interstate                                               
  stockholders                                      350                   10                                              360
Preferred stock issued, net of issuance costs       200                   (3)                                             197
Common stock issued to First Interstate                                                  
  stockholders                                              260       11,037                                           11,297
Common stock issued under employee                                                       
  benefit and dividend reinvestment plans                     4          113                                              117
Preferred stock redeemed                           (439)                                                                 (439)
Common stock repurchased                                    (42)      (2,116)                                          (2,158)
Preferred stock dividends                                                           (67)                                  (67)
Common stock dividends                                                             (429)                                 (429)
Change in unrealized net gains,                                                          
  after applicable taxes                                                                                        (3)        (3)
Fair value adjustment related to                                                         
  First Interstate stock options                                         111                                              111
                                                  -----    ----      -------    -------          ---         -----    -------
Net change                                          111     222        9,152        575           --            (3)    10,057
                                                  -----    ----      -------    -------          ---         -----    -------
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1996                           600     457       10,287      2,749           (4)           23     14,112
                                                  -----    ----      -------    -------          ---         -----    -------
Net income-1997                                                                   1,155                                 1,155
Common stock issued under employee                                                       
  benefit and dividend reinvestment plans                     3           85                                               88
Preferred stock redeemed                           (325)                                                                 (325)
Common stock repurchased                                    (29)      (1,660)                                          (1,689)
Preferred stock dividends                                                           (25)                                  (25)
Common stock dividends                                                             (463)                                 (463)
Translation adjustments                                                                            4                        4
Change in unrealized net gains,                                                          
  after applicable taxes                                                                                        32         32
                                                  -----    ----      -------    -------          ---         -----    -------
Net change                                         (325)    (26)      (1,575)       667            4            32     (1,223)
                                                  -----    ----      -------    -------          ---         -----    -------
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 1997                         $ 275    $431      $ 8,712    $ 3,416          $--         $  55    $12,889
                                                  -----    ----      -------    -------          ---         -----    -------
                                                  -----    ----      -------    -------          ---         -----    -------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.


                                      37
<PAGE>

                     WELLS FARGO & COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           Year ended December 31,
                                                                                       --------------------------
(in millions)                                                                              1997     1996     1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>       <C>      <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income                                                                           $  1,155  $ 1,071  $ 1,032
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
    Provision for loan losses                                                               615      105       --
    Depreciation and amortization                                                           917      809      272
    (Gains) losses on disposition of operations                                             (15)      95       89
    Gain on sale of joint venture interest                                                   --       --     (163)
    Deferred income tax expense                                                             165      169       17
    Increase (decrease) in net deferred loan fees                                            21       22       (6)
    Net (increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable                                  158      (49)      20
    Writedown on mortgage loans held for sale                                                --       --       64
    Net (decrease) increase in accrued interest payable                                       4       (1)      25
    Net decrease (increase) in loans acquired for sale                                     (652)     390     (535)
    Other, net                                                                              775   (1,536)    (139)
                                                                                       --------  -------  -------
Net cash provided by operating activities                                                 3,143    1,075      676
                                                                                       --------  -------  -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Investment securities:
    At fair value:
      Proceeds from sales                                                                   310      719      673
      Proceeds from prepayments and maturities                                            4,376    5,047      229
      Purchases                                                                            (780)  (2,759)     (77)
    At cost:
      Proceeds from prepayments and maturities                                               --       --    2,191
      Purchases                                                                              --       --     (104)
  Cash acquired from First Interstate                                                        --    6,030       --
  Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale                                        --       --    4,273
  Net (increase) decrease in loans resulting from originations and collections            1,063    2,301   (3,700)
  Proceeds from sales (including participations) of loans                                   437      364      770
  Purchases (including participations) of loans                                            (314)    (133)    (233)
  Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets                                                  211      155      202
  Net decrease in federal funds sold and securities
    purchased under resale agreements                                                       105    2,064       83
  Other, net                                                                                 47     (756)    (172)
                                                                                       --------  -------  -------
Net cash provided by investing activities                                                 5,455   13,032    4,135
                                                                                       --------  -------  -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Net decrease in deposits                                                               (9,622)  (4,609)  (3,350)
  Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings                                        1,395     (892)    (235)
  Proceeds from issuance of senior debt                                                     700    1,260    1,230
  Repayment of senior debt                                                                 (810)  (1,183)    (811)
  Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debt                                                --      800       --
  Repayment of subordinated debt                                                           (351)      --     (210)
  Proceeds from issuance of guaranteed preferred beneficial
    interests in Company's subordinated debentures                                          149    1,150       --
  Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock                                                  --      197       --
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                                     88      117       90
  Redemption of preferred stock                                                            (325)    (439)      --
  Repurchase of common stock                                                             (1,689)  (2,158)    (847)
  Payment of cash dividends on preferred stock                                              (25)     (73)     (42)
  Payment of cash dividends on common stock                                                (463)    (429)    (225)
  Other, net                                                                             (1,212)     513      (10)
                                                                                       --------  -------  -------
Net cash used by financing activities                                                   (12,165)  (5,746)  (4,410)
                                                                                       --------  -------  -------
  NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS (DUE FROM BANKS)                               (3,567)   8,361      401

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                                           11,736    3,375    2,974
                                                                                       --------  -------  -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR                                               $  8,169  $11,736  $ 3,375
                                                                                       --------  -------  -------
                                                                                       --------  -------  -------
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
   Cash paid during the year for:
     Interest                                                                          $  2,286  $ 1,916  $ 1,406
     Income taxes                                                                      $    711  $   641  $   618
   Noncash investing and financing activities:
     Transfers from investment securities at cost to investment 
       securities at fair value                                                        $     --  $    --  $ 6,532
     Transfers from loans to foreclosed assets                                         $     95  $   141  $   115
     Transfers from loans to mortgage loans held for sale                              $     --  $    --  $ 4,440
     Acquisition of First Interstate:
       Common stock issued                                                             $     --  $11,297  $    --
       Fair value of preferred stock issued                                                  --      360       --
       Fair value of stock options                                                           --      111       --
       Fair value of assets acquired                                                         --   55,797       --
       Fair value of liabilities assumed                                                     --   51,214       --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.


                                      38
<PAGE>

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Wells Fargo & Company (Parent) is a bank holding company whose principal 
subsidiary is Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (Bank). Besides servicing millions of 
customers in 10 Western states, Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries 
(Company) provide a full range of banking and financial services to 
commercial, agribusiness, real estate and small business customers across the 
nation.

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform with generally 
accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and prevailing practices within the 
banking industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with 
GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements and income and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual 
results could differ from those estimates.  Certain amounts in the financial 
statements for prior years have been reclassified to conform with the current 
financial statement presentation. The following is a description of the 
significant accounting policies of the Company.

CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of 
the Parent, the Bank and other bank and nonbank subsidiaries of the Parent.

Significant majority-owned subsidiaries are consolidated on a line-by-line 
basis. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in 
consolidation. Other subsidiaries and affiliates in which there is at least 
20% ownership are generally accounted for by the equity method; those in 
which there is less than 20% ownership are generally carried at cost. 
Subsidiaries and affiliates that are accounted for by either the equity or 
cost method are included in other assets.

SECURITIES

Securities are accounted for according to their purpose and holding period.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES  

Securities generally acquired to meet long-term 
investment objectives, including yield and liquidity management purposes, are 
classified as investment securities. Realized gains and losses are recorded 
in noninterest income using the identified certificate method. For certain 
debt securities (for example, Government National Mortgage Association 
securities), the Company anticipates prepayments of principal in the 
calculation of the effective yield.

SECURITIES AT FAIR VALUE Debt securities that may not be held until maturity 
and marketable equity securities are considered available for sale and, as 
such, are classified as securities carried at fair value, with unrealized 
gains and losses, after applicable taxes, reported in a separate component of 
stockholders' equity. The estimated fair value of investments is determined 
based on current quotations, where available.  Where current quotations are 
not available, the estimated fair value is determined based primarily on the 
present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the quality rating of the 
securities, prepayment assumptions and other factors.  Declines in the value 
of debt securities and marketable equity securities that are considered other 
than temporary are recorded in noninterest income as a loss on investment 
securities. 

SECURITIES AT COST  Debt securities acquired with the positive intent and 
ability to hold to maturity are classified as securities carried at 
historical cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of 
discount, where appropriate. If it is probable that the carrying value of any 
debt security will not be realized due to other-than-temporary impairment, 
the estimated loss is recorded in noninterest income as a loss on investment 
securities. If a decision is made to dispose of securities at cost or should 
the Company become unable to hold securities until maturity, they would be 
reclassified to securities at fair value.

TRADING SECURITIES  

Securities acquired for short-term appreciation or other 
trading purposes are recorded in a trading portfolio and are carried at fair 
value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in noninterest income.


                                      39
<PAGE>

NONMARKETABLE EQUITY SECURITIES  

Nonmarketable equity securities are acquired 
for various purposes, such as troubled debt restructurings and as a 
regulatory requirement (for example, Federal Reserve Bank stock). These 
securities are accounted for at cost and are included in other assets as they 
do not fall within the definition of an investment security since there are 
restrictions on their sale or liquidation. The asset value is reduced when 
declines in value are considered to be other than temporary and the estimated 
loss is recorded in noninterest income as a loss from equity investments.

LOANS

Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned 
income. Unearned income, which includes deferred fees net of deferred direct 
incremental loan origination costs, is amortized to interest income generally 
over the contractual life of the loan using an interest method or the 
straight-line method if it is not materially different.

Loans identified as held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market 
value. Nonrefundable fees, related direct loan origination costs and related 
hedging gains or losses, if any, are deferred and recognized as a component 
of the gain or loss on sale recorded in noninterest income.

NONACCRUAL LOANS  Loans are placed on nonaccrual status upon becoming 90 days 
past due as to interest or principal (unless both well-secured and in the 
process of collection), when the full timely collection of interest or 
principal becomes uncertain or when a portion of the principal balance has 
been charged off. Real estate 1-4 family loans (both first liens and junior 
liens) are placed on nonaccrual status within 150 days of becoming past due 
as to interest or principal, regardless of security.  Generally, consumer 
loans not secured by real estate are only placed on nonaccrual status when a 
portion of the principal has been charged off.  Generally, such loans are 
entirely charged off within 180 days of becoming past due.

When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the accrued and unpaid interest 
receivable is reversed and the loan is accounted for on the cash or cost 
recovery method thereafter, until qualifying for return to accrual status. 
Generally, a loan may be returned to accrual status when all delinquent 
interest and principal become current in accordance with the terms of the 
loan agreement or when the loan is both well-secured and in the process of 
collection.

IMPAIRED LOANS  Loans, other than those included in large groups of 
smaller-balance homogeneous loans, are considered impaired when, based on 
current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be 
unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the 
loan agreement, including scheduled interest payments.  For a loan that has 
been restructured, the contractual terms of the loan agreement refer to the 
contractual terms specified by the original loan agreement, not the 
contractual terms specified by the restructuring agreement.

This assessment for impairment occurs when and while such loans are on 
nonaccrual, or the loan has been restructured.  When a loan with unique risk 
characteristics has been identified as being impaired, the amount of 
impairment will be measured by the Company using discounted cash flows, 
except when it is determined that the sole (remaining) source of repayment 
for the loan is the operation or liquidation of the underlying collateral.  
In such cases, the current fair value of the collateral, reduced by costs to 
sell, will be used in place of discounted cash flows.  Additionally, some 
impaired loans with commitments of less than $1 million are aggregated for 
the purpose of measuring impairment using historical loss factors as a means 
of measurement.

If the measurement of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment 
in the loan (including accrued interest, net deferred loan fees or costs and 
unamortized premium or discount), an impairment is recognized by creating or 
adjusting an existing allocation of the allowance for loan losses. 

RESTRUCTURED LOANS  In cases where a borrower experiences financial 
difficulties and the Company makes certain concessionary modifications to 
contractual terms, the loan is classified as a restructured (accruing) loan. 
Loans restructured at a rate equal to or greater than that of a new loan with 
comparable risk at the time the contract is modified may be excluded from the 
impairment assessment and may cease to be considered impaired loans in the 
calendar years subsequent to the restructuring if they are not impaired based 
on the modified terms.

Generally, a nonaccrual loan that is restructured remains on nonaccrual for a 
period of six months to demonstrate that the borrower can meet the 
restructured terms. However, performance prior to the restructuring, or 
significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are included in 
assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the 
loan being returned to accrual at the time of restructuring or after a 
shorter performance period. If the borrower's ability to meet the revised 
payment schedule is uncertain, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual 
loan.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  The Company's determination of the level of the 
allowance for loan losses rests upon various judgments and assumptions, 
including general economic conditions, loan portfolio composition, prior loan 
loss experience, evaluation of credit risk related to certain individual 


                                      40
<PAGE>


borrowers and the Company's ongoing examination process and that of its 
regulators. The Company considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to 
cover losses inherent in loans, loan commitments and standby letters of 
credit.

TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

Effective January 1, 1997, the Company adopted Statement of Financial 
Accounting Standards No. 125 (FAS 125), Accounting for Transfers and 
Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, except for 
those provisions related to repurchase agreements and similar collateralized 
transactions for which the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) 
deferred the effective date to January 1, 1998.

A transfer of financial assets is accounted for as a sale when control is 
surrendered over the assets transferred.  Servicing rights and other retained 
interests in the assets sold are recorded by allocating the previous recorded 
investment between the asset sold and the interest retained based on their 
relative fair values, if practicable to determine, at the date of transfer.

Purchased mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to and over 
the period of estimated net servicing income.  For purposes of evaluating and 
measuring impairment for purchased mortgage servicing rights, the Company 
stratifies these rights based on the type and interest rate of the underlying 
loans.  Impairment is measured as the amount by which the purchased mortgage 
servicing rights for a stratum exceed their fair value.  Fair value of the 
purchased mortgage servicing rights is determined based on valuation 
techniques utilizing discounted cash flows incorporating assumptions that 
market participants would use.  Impairment, net of hedge results, is 
recognized through a valuation allowance for each individual stratum.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and 
amortization. Capital leases are included in premises and equipment, at the 
capitalized amount less accumulated amortization.

Depreciation and amortization are computed primarily using the straight-line 
method. Estimated useful lives range up to 40 years for buildings, 2 to 10 
years for furniture and equipment, and up to the lease term for leasehold 
improvements. Capitalized leased assets are amortized on a straight-line 
basis over the lives of the respective leases, which generally range from 20 
to 35 years.

GOODWILL AND IDENTIFIABLE INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill, representing the excess of purchase price over the fair value of 
net assets acquired, results from acquisitions made by the Company. 
Substantially all of the Company's goodwill is being amortized using the 
straight-line method over 25 years.  The remaining period of amortization, on 
a weighted average basis, approximated 23 years at December 31, 1997.

Core deposit intangibles are amortized on an accelerated basis based on an 
estimated useful life of 10 to 15 years.  Certain identifiable intangible 
assets that are included in other assets are generally amortized using an 
accelerated method over an original life of 5 to 15 years.  Approximately 35% 
of the December 31, 1997 remaining balance will be amortized in 3 years.

The Company reviews its intangible assets periodically for 
other-than-temporary impairment.  If such impairment is indicated, 
recoverability of the asset is assessed based on expected undiscounted net 
cash flows.

INCOME TAXES

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return. Consolidated or 
combined state tax returns are filed in certain states, including California. 
Income taxes are generally allocated to individual subsidiaries as if each 
had filed a separate return. Payments are made to the Parent by those 
subsidiaries with net tax liabilities on a separate return basis. 
Subsidiaries with net tax losses and excess tax credits receive payment for 
these benefits from the Parent.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability 
(or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or 
liability is determined based on the tax effects of the differences between 
the book and tax bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities 
and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws.

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE 

Earnings per common share are presented under two formats:  earnings per 
common share and earnings per common share - assuming dilution.  Earnings per 
common share are computed by dividing net income (after deducting dividends 
on preferred stock) by the average number of common shares outstanding during 
the year.  Earnings per common share - assuming dilution are computed by 
dividing net 


                                      41
<PAGE>

income (after deducting dividends on preferred stock) by the average number 
of common shares outstanding during the year, plus the impact of those common 
stock equivalents (i.e., stock options and restricted share rights) that are 
dilutive.

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVES  The Company uses interest rate derivative 
financial instruments (futures, caps, floors and swaps) primarily to hedge 
mismatches in the rate maturity of loans and their funding sources.  These 
instruments serve to reduce rather than increase the Company's exposure to 
movements in interest rates.  At the inception of the hedge, the Company 
identifies an individual asset or liability, or an identifiable group of 
essentially similar assets or liabilities that expose the Company to interest 
rate risk at the consolidated or enterprise level.  Interest rate derivatives 
are accounted for by the deferral or accrual method only if they are 
designated as a hedge and are expected to be and are effective in 
substantially reducing interest rate risk arising from the assets and 
liabilities identified as exposing the Company to risk.  Futures contracts 
must meet specific correlation tests (i.e., the change in their fair values 
must be within 80 to 120 percent of the opposite change in the fair values of 
the hedged assets or liabilities).  For caps, floors and swaps, their 
notional amount, interest rate index and life must closely match the related 
terms of the hedged assets or liabilities.  Further, for futures, if the 
underlying financial instrument differs from the hedged asset or liability, 
there must be a clear economic relationship between the prices of the two 
financial instruments.  If  periodic assessment indicates derivatives no 
longer provide an effective hedge, the derivatives are closed out or settled; 
previously unrecognized hedge results, and the net settlement upon close-out 
or termination that offset changes in value of the hedged asset or liability 
are deferred and amortized over the life of the asset or liability with 
excess amounts recognized in noninterest income.

Gains and losses on futures contracts result from the daily settlement of 
their open positions and are deferred and classified on the balance sheet 
with the hedged asset or liability.  They are recognized in income when the 
effects of the related fair value changes of the hedged asset or liability 
are recognized (e.g., amortized as a component of the interest income or 
expense reported on the hedged asset or liability).  Amounts payable or 
receivable for swaps, caps and floors are accrued with the passage of time, 
the effect of which is included in the interest income or expense reported on 
the hedged asset or liability. Fees associated with these financial contracts 
are included on the balance sheet at the time that the fee is paid and are 
classified with the hedged asset or liability.  These fees are amortized over 
their contractual life as a component of the interest reported on the hedged 
asset or liability.  If a hedged asset or liability settles before maturity 
of the hedging interest rate derivatives, the derivatives are closed out or 
settled, and previously unrecognized hedge results and the net settlement 
upon close-out or termination are accounted for as part of the gains and 
losses on the hedged asset or liability.  If interest rate derivatives used 
in an effective hedge are closed out or terminated before the hedged item 
settles, previously unrecognized hedge results and the net settlement upon 
close-out or termination are deferred and amortized over the life of the 
hedged asset or liability.  Cash flows resulting from interest rate 
derivatives (including any related fees) that are accounted for as hedges of 
assets and liabilities are classified in the cash flow statement in the same 
category as the cash flows from the items being hedged and are reflected in 
that statement when the cash receipts or payments due under the terms of the 
instruments are collected, paid or settled.

Interest rate derivatives entered into as an accommodation to customers and 
interest rate derivatives used to offset the interest rate risk of those 
contracts are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded 
in noninterest income.  Cash flows resulting from interest rate derivative 
financial instruments carried at fair value are classified in the cash flow 
statement as operating cash flows and are reflected in that statement when 
the cash receipts or payments due under the terms of the instruments are 
collected, paid or settled.

Credit risk related to interest rate derivative financial instruments is 
considered and, if material, provided for separately from the allowance for 
loan losses. 

FOREIGN EXCHANGE DERIVATIVES   The Company enters into foreign exchange 
derivative financial instruments (forward and spot contracts and options) 
primarily as an accommodation to customers and offsets the related foreign 
exchange risk with other foreign exchange derivatives.  All contracts are 
carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in 
noninterest income.  Cash flows resulting from foreign exchange derivatives 
are classified in the cash flow statement as operating cash flows and are 
reflected in that statement when the cash receipts or payments due under the 
terms of the foreign exchange derivatives are collected, paid or settled.  
Credit risk related to foreign exchange derivatives is considered and, if 
material, provided for separately from the allowance for loan losses.


                                      42
<PAGE>

2.

MERGER WITH FIRST INTERSTATE BANCORP

On April 1, 1996, the Company completed its acquisition of First Interstate 
Bancorp (First Interstate).  The Merger was accounted for as a purchase 
transaction. Accordingly, the results of operations of First Interstate are 
included with those of the Company for periods subsequent to the date of the 
Merger.

The major components of management's plan for the combined company include 
the realignment of First Interstate's businesses to reflect Wells Fargo's 
structure, consolidation of retail branches and administrative facilities and 
reduction in staffing levels.  As a result of this plan, the adjustments to 
goodwill since April 1, 1996 included accruals totaling approximately $324 
million ($191 million after tax) related to the disposition of premises, 
including an accrual of $127 million ($75 million after tax) associated with 
the dispositions of traditional former First Interstate branches in 
California and out of state. At December 31, 1997, the remaining accrual 
associated with the disposition of traditional former First Interstate 
branches was $8 million. The California dispositions included 175 branch 
closures during 1996, 47 branch closures during 1997 and 2 branches scheduled 
to be closed by June 30, 1998. The Company also entered into definitive 
agreements with several institutions to sell 20 former First Interstate 
branches, including deposits, located in California. The sales of 17 of these 
branches were completed in 1997, with the remaining three branches expected 
to be completed by June 30, 1998.  The out-of-state dispositions included 88 
branch closures that were completed in 1997 and 68 closures scheduled to be 
completed by June 30, 1998. The Company also sold 87 former First Interstate 
out-of-state branches, including deposits, in 1997. Additionally, the 
adjustments to goodwill included accruals of approximately $481 million ($284 
million after tax) related to severance of former First Interstate employees 
throughout the Company who have been or will be displaced. Severance payments 
totaling $372 million were paid since the second quarter of 1996, including 
$143 million in 1997.

In June 1997, Wells Fargo Bank (Colorado), N.A. (formerly First Interstate 
Bank of Denver, N.A.) was merged with the Bank.  

In 1997, the Company sold the Corporate and Municipal Bond Administration 
(Corporate Trust) business to The Bank of New York.  

During 1997, the Bank signed a definitive agreement to sell its Institutional 
Custody businesses to The Bank of New York and its affiliate, BNY Western 
Trust Company. Transfer of the accounts is occurring in several stages, the 
first of which was during the third quarter of 1997.  Substantially all of 
the businesses were acquired as part of the acquisition of First Interstate;  
therefore, the excess of the related proceeds over the attributable costs of 
the net assets sold on that portion of the sale is being deducted from 
goodwill, while the remaining net proceeds attributable to business 
originated by the Company will be recorded as a gain in 1998 when the 
transfers are finalized. 

The $7,230 million excess purchase price over fair value of First 
Interstate's net assets acquired (goodwill) is amortized using the 
straight-line method over 25 years.

3.

CASH, LOAN AND DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

Federal Reserve Board regulations require reserve balances on deposits to be 
maintained by the Company's banking subsidiaries with the Federal Reserve 
Banks. The average required reserve balance was $2.0 billion in both 1997 and 
1996.

The Bank is subject to certain restrictions under the Federal Reserve Act, 
including restrictions on extensions of credit to its affiliates. In 
particular, the Bank is prohibited from lending to the Parent and its nonbank 
subsidiaries unless the loans are secured by specified collateral. Such 
secured loans and other regulated transactions made by the Bank (including 
its subsidiaries) are limited in amount as to each of its affiliates, 
including the Parent, to 10% of the Bank's capital stock and surplus (as 
defined, which for this purpose represents Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital, as 
calculated under the risk-based capital guidelines, plus the balance of the 
allowance for loan losses excluded from Tier 2 capital) and, in the aggregate 
to all of its affiliates, to 20% of the Bank's capital stock and surplus. The 
capital stock and surplus at December 31, 1997 was $8 billion.

Dividends payable by the Bank to the Parent without the express approval of 
the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) are limited to the Bank's 
retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years plus retained net 
profits up to the date of any dividend declaration in the current calendar 
year. Retained net profits are defined by the OCC as net income, less 
dividends declared during the period, both of which are based on regulatory 
accounting 


                                      43
<PAGE>


principles. Based on this definition, the Bank, with the express approval of 
the OCC, declared dividends in 1997 and 1996 of $1.5 billion in excess of its 
net income of $2.0 billion for those years. (The total dividends declared by 
the Bank in 1997, 1996 and 1995 were $2.0 billion, $1.5 billion and $1.6 
billion (including a $.5 billion deemed dividend), respectively.) Therefore, 
before it can declare dividends in 1998 without the approval of the OCC, the 
Bank must have net income of $1.5 billion plus an amount equal to or greater 
than the dividends declared in 1998.  Since it is not expected to have net 
income of $1.5 billion plus an amount equal to or greater than the dividends 
expected to be declared in 1998, the Bank will again need to obtain the 
approval of the OCC before any dividends are declared in 1998.

The Company's other banking subsidiaries are subject to the same restrictions 
as the Bank.  However, any such restrictions have not had a material impact 
on the banking subsidiaries or the Company.


4.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The following table provides the cost  and fair value for the major 
components of available-for-sale securities carried at fair value (there were 
no held-to-maturity investment securities at cost at the end of the last 
three years):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                            December 31,
                                  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       1997                                        1996
                                  -----------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
                                           ESTIMATED   ESTIMATED                       Estimated   Estimated  
                                          UNREALIZED  UNREALIZED  ESTIMATED           unrealized  unrealized  Estimated
                                               GROSS       GROSS       FAIR                gross       gross       fair
(in millions)                       COST       GAINS      LOSSES      VALUE     Cost       gains      losses      value
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>          <C>     <C>      <C>           <C>          <C>     <C>
U.S. Treasury securities          $2,535        $ 15         $ 1     $2,549  $ 2,824        $ 16         $ 3    $ 2,837
Securities of U.S.                                                                                           
  government agencies                                                                                        
  and corporations (1)             4,390          43           8      4,425    7,043          46          39      7,050
Private collateralized mortgage                                                                              
  obligations (2)                  2,390          16          10      2,396    3,237          16          23      3,230
Other                                441          12          --        453      342           2           1        343
                                  ------        ----         ---     ------  -------        ----         ---    -------
    Total debt securities          9,756          86          19      9,823   13,446          80          66     13,460
Marketable equity securities          40          26           1         65       18          27          --         45
                                  ------        ----         ---     ------  -------        ----         ---    -------
    Total                         $9,796        $112         $20     $9,888  $13,464        $107         $66    $13,505
                                  ------        ----         ---     ------  -------        ----         ---    -------
                                  ------        ----         ---     ------  -------        ----         ---    -------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------
                                          December 31,
                                    -----------------
                                                 1995
                                    -----------------
                                            Estimated
                                                 fair
(in millions)                         Cost      value
- -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>       <C>
U.S. Treasury securities            $1,347     $1,357
Securities of U.S.
  government agencies
  and corporations (1)               5,218      5,223
Private collateralized mortgage
  obligations (2)                    2,121      2,122
Other                                  169        181
                                    ------     ------
    Total debt securities            8,855      8,883
Marketable equity securities            18         37
                                    ------     ------
    Total                           $8,873     $8,920
                                    ------     ------
                                    ------     ------
- -----------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  All securities of U.S. government agencies and corporations are
     mortgage-backed securities.
(2)  Substantially all private collateralized mortgage obligations are AAA-rated
     bonds collateralized by 1-4 family residential first mortgages.

At December 31, 1997, there were no investment securities (excluding the U.S. 
government and its agencies and corporations) that exceeded 10% of 
stockholders equity.

Proceeds from the sale of securities in the available-for-sale portfolio 
totaled $310 million, $719 million and $673 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, 
respectively.  The sales of debt securities in the available-for-sale 
portfolio resulted in a $6 million gain, $1 million gain and $13 million loss 
in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. These were sold for asset/liability 
management purposes. The sales of marketable equity securities in the 
available-for-sale portfolio resulted in a gain of $14 million, $9 million 
and none in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Additionally, a $4 million 
loss was realized in 1995 resulting from a write-down of certain equity 
securities due to other-than-temporary impairment.


                                      44
<PAGE>

The following table provides the remaining contractual principal maturities 
and yields (taxable-equivalent basis) of available-for-sale debt securities 
within the investment portfolio. The remaining contractual principal 
maturities for mortgage-backed securities were allocated assuming no 
prepayments. Expected remaining maturities will differ from contractual 
maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or 
without penalties. (See the Investment Securities section of the Financial 
Review for expected remaining maturities and yields.)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            December 31, 1997
                                             ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Remaining contractual principal maturity
                                                                     ----------------------------------------
                                                               Weighted 
                                                                average 
                                                              remaining                        After one year
                                                    Weighted   maturity   Within one year  through five years
                                              Total  average   (in yrs.   ---------------  ------------------
(in millions)                                amount    yield    - mos.)   Amount    Yield    Amount     Yield
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>         <C>    <C>        <C>     <C>         <C>
U.S. Treasury securities                     $2,535     6.04%       1-3   $1,130     5.83%   $1,404      6.21%
Securities of U.S. government
  agencies and corporations                   4,390     6.68        5-2    1,053     6.87     1,859      6.70 
Private collateralized mortgage obligations   2,390     6.76        6-4      286     8.00       851      7.07 
Other                                           441     8.11        4-6       56     7.56       223      7.82 
                                             ------                       ------             ------
TOTAL COST OF DEBT SECURITIES(1)             $9,756     6.60%       4-5   $2,525     6.55%   $4,337      6.67%
                                             ------     ----        ---   ------     ----    ------      ----
                                             ------     ----        ---   ------     ----    ------      ----
ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE                         $9,823                       $2,539             $4,375
                                             ------                       ------             ------
                                             ------                       ------             ------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   December 31, 1997
                                            ----------------------------------------
                                            Remaining contractual principal maturity
                                            ----------------------------------------



                                                 After five years
                                                through ten years    After ten years
                                                 -----------------  ----------------
(in millions)                                     Amount    Yield   Amount     Yield
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>      <C>        <C>
U.S Treasury securities                           $    1     6.67%  $   --        --%
Securities of U.S. government
  agencies and corporations                          819     7.23      659      5.59
Private collateralized mortgage obligations          725     7.07      528      5.20
Other                                                136     8.78       26      8.07
                                                  ------            ------
TOTAL COST OF DEBT SECURITIES(1)                  $1,681     7.29%  $1,213      5.47%
                                                  ------     ----   ------      ----
                                                  ------     ----   ------      ----
ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE                              $1,687            $1,222
                                                  ------            ------
                                                  ------            ------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  The weighted average yield is computed using the amortized cost of
     available-for-sale debt securities carried at fair value.

There was no dividend income in 1997, 1996 and 1995 included in interest 
income on investment securities in the Consolidated Statement of Income. 
Substantially all income on investment securities is taxable.

Investment securities pledged primarily to secure trust and public deposits 
and for other purposes as required or permitted by law was $6.4 billion, $5.3 
billion and $4.8 billion at December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.


                                      45
<PAGE>

5.

LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

A summary of the major categories of loans outstanding and related unfunded 
commitments to extend credit is shown in the following table.  At December 
31, 1997 and 1996, the commercial loan category and related commitments did 
not have an industry concentration that exceeded 10% of total loans and 
commitments. Tables 11 and 12 in the Loan Portfolio section of the Financial 
Review summarize real estate mortgage loans (excluding 1-4 family first 
mortgage loans) by state and property type and real estate construction loans 
by state and project type. A majority of the Company's real estate 1-4 family 
first mortgages and consumer loans are with customers located in California.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     December 31,
                                                    --------------------------------------------
                                                                     1997                   1996
                                                    ---------------------- ---------------------
                                                              COMMITMENTS            Commitments
                                                        OUT-    TO EXTEND      Out-    to extend
(in millions)                                       STANDING       CREDIT  standing       credit
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>
Commercial (1)                                       $20,144      $27,458   $19,515      $28,125
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (2)              8,869          833    10,425          778
Other real estate mortgage                            12,186        1,086    11,860          872
Real estate construction                               2,320        1,552     2,303        1,719
Consumer:
  Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage          5,865        4,681     6,278        4,781
  Credit card                                          5,039       15,453     5,462       15,737
  Other revolving credit and monthly payment           7,185        2,913     8,374        3,123
                                                     -------      -------   -------      -------
    Total consumer                                    18,089       23,047    20,114       23,641
Lease financing                                        4,047           --     3,003           --
Foreign                                                   79           43       169          101
                                                     -------      -------   -------      -------
    Total loans (3)                                  $65,734      $54,019   $67,389      $55,236
                                                     -------      -------   -------      -------
                                                     -------      -------   -------      -------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Outstanding balances include loans (primarily unsecured) to real estate
     developers and REITs of $1,772 million and $1,070 million at
     December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
(2)  Substantially all of the commitments to extend credit relate to those
     equity lines that are effectively first mortgages.
(3)  Outstanding loan balances at December 31, 1997 and 1996 are net of unearned
     income, including net deferred loan fees, of $832 million and $654 million,
     respectively.

In the course of evaluating the credit risk presented by a customer and the 
pricing that will adequately compensate the Company for assuming that risk, 
management determines a requisite amount of collateral support. The type of 
collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, land, 
buildings, equipment, income-producing commercial properties and residential 
real estate. The Company has the same collateral policy for loans whether 
they are funded immediately or on a delayed basis (commitment).

A commitment to extend credit is a legally binding agreement to lend funds to 
a customer and is usually for a specified interest rate and purpose. These 
commitments have fixed expiration dates and generally require a fee. The 
extension of a commitment gives rise to credit risk. The actual liquidity 
needs or the credit risk that the Company will experience will be lower than 
the contractual amount of commitments to extend credit shown in the table 
above because a significant portion of these commitments is expected to 
expire without being drawn upon. Certain commitments are subject to a loan 
agreement containing covenants regarding the financial performance of the 
customer that must be met before the Company is required to fund the 
commitment. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments 
to extend credit as it does in making loans.

In addition, the Company manages the potential credit risk in commitments to 
extend credit by limiting the total amount of arrangements, both by 
individual customer and in the aggregate; by monitoring the size and maturity 
structure of these portfolios; and by applying the same credit standards 
maintained for all of its credit activities. The credit risk associated with 
these commitments is considered in management's determination of the 
allowance for loan losses.


                                      46
<PAGE>

Standby letters of credit totaled $2,612 million and $2,981 million at 
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Standby letters of credit are 
issued on behalf of customers in connection with contracts between the 
customers and third parties. Under standby letters of credit, the Company 
assures that the third parties will receive specified funds if customers fail 
to meet their contractual obligations. The liquidity risk to the Company 
arises from its obligation to make payment in the event of a customer's 
contractual default. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit 
and the Company's management of that credit risk is considered in 
management's determination of the allowance for loan losses. At December 31, 
1997 and 1996, standby letters of credit included approximately $200 million 
and $243 million, respectively, of participations purchased, net of 
approximately $85 million and $61 million, respectively, of participations 
sold. Approximately 68% of the Company's year-end 1997 standby letters of 
credit had maturities of one year or less and substantially all had 
maturities of seven years or less.

Included in standby letters of credit are those that back financial 
instruments (financial guarantees). The Company had issued or purchased 
participations in financial guarantees of approximately $1,293 million and 
$1,798 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The Company also 
had commitments for commercial and similar letters of credit of $337 million 
and $406 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.  Substantially 
all fees received from the issuance of financial guarantees are deferred and 
amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the guarantee. Losses on 
standby letters of credit and other similar letters of credit have been 
immaterial.

The Company considers the allowance for loan losses of $1,828 million 
adequate to cover losses inherent in loans, loan commitments and standby 
letters of credit at December 31, 1997.  However, no assurance can be given 
that the Company will not, in any particular period, sustain loan losses that 
are sizable in relation to the amount reserved, or that subsequent 
evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, 
including economic conditions and the Company's ongoing examination process 
and that of its regulators, will not require significant increases in the 
allowance for loan losses.

Loans held for sale are included in their respective loan categories and 
recorded at the lower of cost or market. At December 31, 1997 and 1996, loans 
held for sale were $1,127 million and $308 million, respectively.

Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Year ended December 31,
                                                     ---------------------------
(in millions)                                           1997      1996      1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>       <C>       <C>
BALANCE, BEGINNING OF YEAR                           $ 2,018    $1,794    $2,082

Allowance of First Interstate                             --       770        --

Sale of former First Interstate banks                     --       (11)       --

Provision for loan losses                                615       105        --

Loan charge-offs:
  Commercial (1)                                        (269)     (140)      (55)
  Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                  (19)      (18)      (13)
  Other real estate mortgage                             (18)      (40)      (52)
  Real estate construction                                (3)      (13)      (10)
  Consumer:
    Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage          (23)      (28)      (16)
    Credit card                                         (486)     (404)     (208)
    Other revolving credit and monthly payment          (219)     (186)      (53)
                                                     -------   -------   -------
      Total consumer                                    (728)     (618)     (277)
  Lease financing                                        (41)      (31)      (15)
                                                     -------   -------   -------
      Total loan charge-offs                          (1,078)     (860)     (422)
                                                     -------   -------   -------
Loan recoveries:
  Commercial (2)                                          70        54        38
  Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                    4         8         3
  Other real estate mortgage                              53        47        53
  Real estate construction                                11        11         1
  Consumer:
    Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage            8         9         3
    Credit card                                           48        36        13
    Other revolving credit and monthly payment            67        47        12
                                                     -------   -------   -------
      Total consumer                                     123        92        28
  Lease financing                                         12         8        11
                                                     -------   -------   -------
      Total loan recoveries                              273       220       134
                                                     -------   -------   -------
      Total net loan charge-offs                        (805)     (640)     (288)
                                                     -------   -------   -------
BALANCE, END OF YEAR                                 $ 1,828    $2,018    $1,794
                                                     -------   -------   -------
                                                     -------   -------   -------
Total net loan charge-offs as a percentage of
  average total loans (3)                               1.25%     1.05%      .83%
                                                     -------   -------   -------
                                                     -------   -------   -------
Allowance as a percentage of total loans                2.78%     3.00%     5.04%
                                                     -------   -------   -------
                                                     -------   -------   -------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes charge-offs of loans (primarily unsecured) to real estate
     developers and REITs of none, $2 million and none in 1997, 1996 and 1995,
     respectively.
(2)  Includes recoveries from loans to real estate developers and REITs of $3
     million, $10 million and $3 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
(3)  Average total loans exclude first mortgage loans held for sale in 1995.


                                      47
<PAGE>

In accordance with FAS 114, the table below shows the recorded investment in 
impaired loans by loan category and the related methodology used to measure 
impairment at December 31, 1997 and 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    December 31,
(in millions)                                     1997     1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>      <C>
Commercial                                        $103     $155
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                2        1
Other real estate mortgage (1)                     193      362
Real estate construction                            22       24
Other                                                1        1
                                                  ----     ----
  Total (2)                                       $321     $543
                                                  ----     ----
                                                  ----     ----
Impairment measurement based on:
  Collateral value method                         $233     $416
  Discounted cash flow method                       61      101
  Historical loss factors                           27       26
                                                  ----     ----
                                                  $321     $543
                                                  ----     ----
                                                  ----     ----
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes accruing loans of $23 million and $50 million at December 31, 1997
     and 1996, respectively, that were purchased at a steep discount whose
     contractual terms were modified after acquisition.  The modified terms did
     not affect the book balance nor the yields expected at the date of
     purchase.  
(2)  Includes $27 million of impaired loans with a related FAS 114 allowance of
     $2 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996.

The average recorded investment in impaired loans during 1997, 1996 and 1995 
was $410 million, $542 million and $472 million, respectively.  Total 
interest income recognized on impaired loans during 1997, 1996 and 1995 was 
$13 million, $17 million and $15 million, respectively, substantially all of 
which was recorded using the cash method.

The Company uses either the cash or cost recovery method to record cash 
receipts on impaired loans that are on nonaccrual.  Under the cash method, 
contractual interest is credited to interest income when received.  This 
method is used when the ultimate collectibility of the total principal is not 
in doubt.  Under the cost recovery method, all payments received are applied 
to principal.  This method is used when the ultimate collectibility of the 
total principal is in doubt.  Loans on the cost recovery method may be 
changed to the cash method when the application of the cash payments has 
reduced the principal balance to a level where collection of the remaining 
recorded investment is no longer in doubt.


6.

PREMISES, EQUIPMENT, LEASE COMMITMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS

The following table presents comparative data for premises and equipment:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               December 31,
                                                          ----------------
(in millions)                                               1997      1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>
Land                                                      $  199    $  234
Buildings                                                  1,529     1,687
Furniture and equipment                                    1,281     1,362
Leasehold improvements                                       395       392
Premises leased under capital leases                         106       111
                                                          ------    ------
  Total                                                    3,510     3,786
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization             1,393     1,380
                                                          ------    ------
    Net book value                                        $2,117    $2,406
                                                          ------    ------
                                                          ------    ------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Depreciation and amortization expense was $257 million, $238 million and $154 
million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  Losses on disposition of 
premises and equipment, recorded in noninterest income, were $63 million, $46 
million and $31 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Also recorded 
in noninterest income were gains (losses) from disposition of operations of 
$15 million, $(95) million and $(89) million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, 
respectively.  The losses were primarily related to the disposition of 
premises associated with scheduled branch closures.


                                      48
<PAGE>

The Company is obligated under a number of noncancelable operating leases for 
premises (including vacant premises) and equipment with terms up to 25 years, 
many of which provide for periodic adjustment of rentals based on changes in 
various economic indicators. The following table shows future minimum 
payments under noncancelable operating leases and capital leases with terms 
in excess of one year as of December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in millions)                                  Operating leases   Capital leases
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>                <C>
Year ended December 31,
1998                                                     $  269             $ 12
1999                                                        237               12
2000                                                        188               11
2001                                                        147               10
2002                                                        120               10
Thereafter                                                  480               61
                                                         ------             ----
Total minimum lease payments                             $1,441              116
                                                         ------
                                                         ------
Executory costs                                                               (3)
Amounts representing interest                                                (54)
                                                                            ----
Present value of net minimum lease payments                                 $ 59
                                                                            ----
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


Total future minimum payments to be received under noncancelable operating 
subleases at December 31, 1997 were approximately $255 million; these 
payments are not reflected in the preceding table.

Rental expense, net of rental income, for all operating leases was $228 
million, $199 million and $111 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

The components of other assets at December 31, 1997 and 1996 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            December 31,
                                                    -------------------
(in millions)                                         1997         1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>          <C>
Nonmarketable equity investments (1)                $1,113       $1,085
Trading assets                                         815          404
Certain identifiable intangible assets                 479          471
Net deferred tax asset (2)                             209          346
Foreclosed assets                                      158          219
Other                                                1,175        2,936
                                                    ------       ------
  Total other assets                                $3,949       $5,461
                                                    ------       ------
                                                    ------       ------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Commitments related to nonmarketable equity investments totaled $363
     million and $376 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. 
(2)  See Note 14 to Financial Statements.

Income from nonmarketable equity investments accounted for using the cost 
method was $157 million, $137 million and $58 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, 
respectively.

Trading assets consist predominantly of securities, including corporate debt 
and U.S. government agency obligations.  Gains from trading assets were $72 
million, $44 million and $27 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Included in certain identifiable intangible assets were purchased mortgage 
servicing rights of $292 million and $257 million at December 31, 1997 and 
1996, respectively.  The purchased mortgage loan servicing portfolio totaled 
$24 billion and $22 billion at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. 
Mortgage servicing rights purchased during 1997 and 1996 were $102 million 
and $165 million, respectively.  (For loan sales, there were no retained 
servicing rights recognized during the same periods.) Amortization expense, 
recorded in noninterest income, totaled $69 million, $63 million and $39 
million for 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  

The fair value of purchased mortgage servicing rights totaled $338 million 
and $289 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. At December 31, 
1997 and 1996, the balance of the valuation allowances totaled none and $582 
thousand, respectively. 

Amortization expense for the other identifiable intangible assets included in 
other assets was $29 million, $26 million and $12 million in 1997, 1996 and 
1995, respectively.

Foreclosed assets consist of assets (substantially real estate) acquired in 
satisfaction of troubled debt and are carried at the lower of fair value 
(less estimated costs to sell) or cost. Foreclosed assets income (expense), 
including disposition gains and losses, was $33 million, $(7) million and 
$(1) million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.


                                      49
<PAGE>

7.

DEPOSITS

The aggregate amount of time certificates of deposit and other time deposits 
issued by domestic offices was $15,560 million and $15,955 million at 
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.  At December 31, 1997, the 
contractual maturities of these deposits were as follows: $12,927 million in 
1998, $1,338 million in 1999, $727 million in 2000, $218 million in 2001, 
$155 million in 2002 and $195 million thereafter. Substantially all of these 
deposits were interest bearing.

Of the total above, the amount of time deposits with a denomination of 
$100,000 or more was $3,849 million and $3,495 million at December 31, 1997 
and 1996, respectively.  At December 31, 1997, the contractual maturities of 
these deposits were as follows: $1,894 million in 3 months or less, $829 
million over 3 through 6 months, $727 million over 6 through 12 months and 
$399 million over 12 months.

Time certificates of deposit and other time deposits issued by foreign 
offices with a denomination of $100,000 or more represent substantially all 
of the foreign deposit liabilities of $597 million and $54 million at 
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Demand deposit overdrafts that have been reclassified as loan balances were 
$316 million and $800 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.


8.

SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

The table on the right shows selected information for short-term borrowings.  
These borrowings generally mature in less than 30 days. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Year ended December 31,
                                           -------------------------
(in millions)                                1997      1996     1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>       <C>      <C>
FEDERAL FUNDS PURCHASED
Average amount outstanding (1)             $1,760    $1,079   $1,613
Daily average rate                           5.40%     5.21%    5.79%
Highest month-end balance (2)              $3,010    $2,151   $3,042
Year-end balance                            2,199     1,496    1,885
Weighted average rate on outstandings
  at year end                                5.46%     4.89%    5.32%

SECURITIES SOLD UNDER REPURCHASE 
  AGREEMENTS
Average amount outstanding (1)             $1,084    $  690   $1,788
Daily average rate                           5.40%     5.23%    5.89%
Highest month-end balance (3)              $1,533    $1,100   $2,776
Year-end balance                            1,377       533      896
Weighted average rate on outstandings
  at year end                                5.46%     5.21%    5.47%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Average balances were computed using daily amounts.
(2)  Highest month-end balance in each of the last three years occurred in
     September 1997, April 1996 and March 1995, respectively.
(3)  Highest month-end balance in each of the last three years occurred in 
     August 1997, February 1996 and April 1995, respectively.      


                                      50
<PAGE>

9.

SENIOR AND SUBORDINATED DEBT

The following is a summary of senior and subordinated debt (reflecting
unamortized debt discounts and premiums, where applicable) owed by the Parent
and its subsidiaries:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                   December 31,
                                                                Maturity                Interest          --------------------
(in millions)                                                       date                rate                1997          1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>                      <C>               <C>            <C>
SENIOR
Parent: Floating-Rate Medium-Term Notes                             1998-99             Various           $1,460        $1,571
        Notes (1)                                                   1998                11.00%                55            55
        Medium-Term Notes (1)(8)                                    1998-2002           7.78-10.90%          356           359
Notes payable by subsidiaries                                                                                 53            68
Obligations of subsidiaries under capital leases (Note 6)                                                     59            67
                                                                                                          ------        ------
  Total senior debt                                                                                        1,983         2,120
                                                                                                          ------        ------
SUBORDINATED 
Parent: Floating-Rate Notes (2)(3)                                  1997                Various               --           100
        Floating-Rate Notes (2)(4)(5)                               1997                Various               --           100
        Floating-Rate Notes (2)(4)                                  1997                Various               --            83
        Floating-Rate Capital Notes (2)(4)(6)                       1998                Various              200           200
        Floating-Rate Notes (2)(4)                                  2000                Various              118           118
        Capital Notes (6)                                           1999                8.625%               186           190
        Notes                                                       1997                12.75%                --            70
        Notes (1)(7)(8)                                             2002                8.15%                101            97
        Notes                                                       2002                8.75%                200           201
        Notes                                                       2002                8.375%               149           149
        Notes                                                       2003                6.875%               150           150
        Notes                                                       2003                6.125%               249           249
        Notes (1)(8)                                                2004                9.125%               137           137
        Notes (1)(7)(8)                                             2004                9.0%                 124           121
        Notes (1)                                                   2006                6.875%               499           499
        Notes (1)(8)                                                2006                7.125%               299           299
        Medium-Term Notes (1)                                       1998-2002           9.38-11.25%          173           177
                                                                                                          ------        ------
  Total subordinated debt                                                                                  2,585         2,940
                                                                                                          ------        ------
    Total senior and subordinated debt                                                                    $4,568        $5,060
                                                                                                          ------        ------
                                                                                                          ------        ------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  The Company entered into interest rate swap agreements for
     substantially all of these Notes, whereby the Company receives
     fixed-rate interest payments approximately equal to interest on the
     Notes and makes interest payments based on an average three-month or
     six-month LIBOR rate.
(2)  Notes are currently redeemable in whole or in part, at par.
(3)  Subject to a maximum interest rate of 13% due to the purchase of an
     interest rate cap.
(4)  May be redeemed in whole, at par, at any time in the event withholding
     taxes are imposed by the United States.
(5)  Subject to a maximum interest rate of 13%.
(6)  Mandatory Equity Notes.
(7)  These Notes are redeemable in whole or in part, at par, prior to
     maturity.
(8)  The interest rate swap agreement for these Notes is callable by the
     counterparty prior to the maturity of the Notes.

At December 31, 1997, the principal payments, including sinking fund 
payments, on senior and subordinated debt are due as follows in the table on 
the right.

The interest rates on floating-rate notes are determined periodically by 
formulas based on certain money market rates, subject, on certain notes, to 
minimum or maximum interest rates.

The Company's mandatory convertible debt, which is identified by note (6) to 
the table  above, qualifies as Tier 2 capital but is subject to discounting 
and note fund restric-

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          ------------------------------------------------
          (in millions)          Parent            Company
          ------------------------------------------------
          <S>                    <C>                 <C>
          1998                   $1,794             $1,802
          1999                      468                476
          2000                      118                130
          2001                      354                365
          2002                      388                399
          Thereafter              1,334              1,396
                                 ------             ------
          Total                  $4,456             $4,568
                                 ------             ------
                                 ------             ------
          ------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                      51
<PAGE>

tions under the risk-based capital rules. The terms of the Mandatory Equity 
Notes of $200 million, due in 1998, and $186 million, due in 1999, require 
the Company to sell or exchange with the noteholder the Company's common 
stock, perpetual preferred stock or other capital securities at maturity or 
earlier redemption of the Notes. At December 31, 1997, $264 million of 
stockholders' equity had been designated for the retirement or redemption of 
these Notes.

Certain of the agreements under which debt has been issued contain provisions 
that may limit the merger or sale of the Bank and the issuance of its capital 
stock or convertible securities. The Company was in compliance with the 
provisions of the borrowing agreements at December 31, 1997.

10.

GUARANTEED PREFERRED BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN COMPANY'S SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

In 1996, the Company established four separate special purpose trusts, which 
collectively issued $1,150 million in trust preferred securities.  In 1997, 
the Company issued an additional $150 million in trust preferred securities 
through a separate trust.  The proceeds from such issuances, together with 
the proceeds of the related issuances of common securities of the trusts,  
were invested in junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures 
(debentures) of the Company. The purpose of issuing these trust preferred 
securities was to provide the Company with a more cost-effective means of 
obtaining Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes than if the Company itself 
were to issue additional preferred stock because the Company is allowed to 
deduct, for income tax purposes, distributions to the holders of the trust 
preferred securities.  The sole assets of these special purpose trusts are 
the debentures.  These debentures rank junior to the senior and subordinated 
debt issued by the Company.  The Company owns all of the common securities of 
the five trusts.  The preferred securities issued by the trusts rank senior 
to the common securities. Concurrent with the issuance of the preferred 
securities by the trusts, the Company issued guarantees for the benefit of 
the security holders.  The obligations of the Company under the debentures, 
the indentures, the relevant trust agreements and the guarantees, in the 
aggregate,  constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of 
the obligations of the trusts under the trust preferred securities and rank 
subordinate and junior in right of payment to all liabilities of the Company.

Listed below are the series of trust preferred securities of Wells Fargo 
Capital A, Wells Fargo Capital B, Wells Fargo Capital C, Wells Fargo Capital 
I and Wells Fargo Capital II issued at $1,000 per security.  The 
distributions are cumulative and payable semi-annually on the first day of 
June and December for Wells Fargo Capital A, Wells Fargo Capital B and Wells 
Fargo Capital C and on the fifteenth day of June and December for Wells Fargo 
Capital I.  The distributions are cumulative and payable quarterly on the 
30th of January, April, July and October for Wells Fargo Capital II.  The 
trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption at the stated 
maturity date of the debentures, upon repayment of the debentures or earlier, 
pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement.

WELLS FARGO CAPITAL A   This trust issued $300 million in trust preferred 
securities in November 1996 and concurrently invested $309.3 million in 
debentures of the Company with a stated maturity of December 1, 2026. This 
class of trust preferred securities will accrue semi-annual distributions of 
$40.63 per security (8.13% annualized rate).

WELLS FARGO CAPITAL B   This trust issued $200 million in trust preferred 
securities in November 1996 and concurrently invested $206.2 million in 
debentures of the Company with a stated maturity of December 1, 2026. This 
class of trust preferred securities will accrue semi-annual distributions of 
$39.75 per security (7.95% annualized rate).

WELLS FARGO CAPITAL C   This trust issued $250 million in trust preferred 
securities in November 1996 and concurrently invested $257.8 million in 
debentures of the Company with a stated maturity of December 1, 2026. This 
class of trust preferred securities will accrue semi-annual distributions of 
$38.65 per security (7.73% annualized rate).

WELLS FARGO CAPITAL I   This trust issued $400 million in trust preferred 
securities in December 1996 and concurrently invested $412.4 million in 
debentures of the Company with a stated maturity of December 15, 2026. This 
class of trust preferred securities will accrue semi-annual distributions of 
$39.80 per security (7.96% annualized rate).

WELLS FARGO CAPITAL II   This trust issued $150 million in trust preferred 
securities in January 1997 and concurrently invested $154.7 million in 
debentures of the Company with a stated maturity of January 30, 2027.  This 
class of trust preferred securities will accrue quarterly distributions at a 
variable annual rate of LIBOR plus 0.5%.


                                      52
<PAGE>

On or after December 2006 for Wells Fargo Capital A, Wells Fargo Capital B, 
Wells Fargo Capital C and Wells Fargo Capital I and on or after January 2007 
for Wells Fargo Capital II, each of the series of trust preferred securities 
may be redeemed and the corresponding debentures may be prepaid at the option 
of the Company, subject to Federal Reserve approval, at declining redemption 
prices. Prior to December 2006 for Wells Fargo Capital A, Wells Fargo Capital 
B, Wells Fargo Capital C and Wells Fargo Capital I and prior to January 2007 
for Wells Fargo Capital II, the securities may be redeemed at the option of 
the Company on the occurrence of certain events that result in a negative tax 
impact, negative regulatory impact on the trust preferred securities of the 
Company or negative legal or regulatory impact on the appropriate special 
purpose trust which would define it as an investment company.  In addition, 
the Company has the right to defer payment of interest on the debentures and, 
therefore, distributions on the trust preferred  securities for up to five 
years.


11.

PREFERRED STOCK

Of the 25,000,000 shares authorized, there were 5,500,000 shares and 
6,600,000 shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding at December 31, 
1997 and 1996, respectively. All preferred shares rank senior to common 
shares both as to dividends and liquidation preference but have no general 
voting rights.

The following is a summary of preferred stock (adjustable and fixed):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Shares issued  Carrying amount                            Dividends declared
                                                   and outstanding     (in millions)                                 (in millions)
                                             ---------------------      -----------           Adjustable   ----------------------
                                                       December 31,     December 31,      dividends rate   Year ended December 31,
                                             ---------------------     ------------    -----------------   ----------------------
                                                  1997        1996     1997    1996    Minimum   Maximum   1997     1996     1995
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>
Adjustable-Rate Cumulative, Series B         1,500,000   1,500,000     $ 75    $ 75        5.5%     10.5%   $ 4      $ 4      $ 5
  (Liquidation preference $50)                                     
                                                                   
9% Cumulative, Series C                             --          --       --      --         --        --     --       21       21
  (Liquidation preference $500) (1)                                
                                                                   
8-7/8% Cumulative, Series D                         --     350,000       --     175         --        --      3       16       16
  (Liquidation preference $500) (2)                                
                                                                   
9-7/8% Cumulative, Series F                         --          --       --      --         --        --     --       12       --
  (Liquidation preference $200) (3) (4)                            
                                                                   
9% Cumulative, Series G                             --     750,000       --     150         --        --      5       10       --
  (Liquidation preference $200) (3) (5)                            
                                                                   
6.59%/Adjustable Rate Noncumulative          4,000,000   4,000,000      200     200        7.0      13.0     13        4       --
  Preferred Stock, Series H                                        
  (Liquidation preference $50)                                     
                                             ---------   ---------     ----    ----                         ---      ---      ---
    Total                                    5,500,000   6,600,000     $275    $600                         $25      $67      $42
                                             ---------   ---------     ----    ----                         ---      ---      ---
                                             ---------   ---------     ----    ----                         ---      ---      ---
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  In December 1996, the Company redeemed all $239 million (477,500 shares) of
     its Series C preferred stock.
(2)  In March 1997, the Company redeemed all $175 million (350,000 shares) of
     its Series D preferred stock.
(3)  In April 1996, the Series F and Series G preferred stock were converted
     from First Interstate preferred stock into the right to receive one share
     of the Company's preferred stock.
(4)  In November 1996, the Company redeemed all $200 million (1,000,000 shares)
     of its Series F preferred stock.
(5)  In May 1997, the Company redeemed all $150 million (750,000 shares) of its
     Series G preferred stock.

ADJUSTABLE-RATE CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES B  These shares were
redeemable at the option of the Company through May 14, 1996 at a price of
$51.50 per share and, thereafter, at $50 per share plus accrued and unpaid
dividends. Dividends are cumulative and payable quarterly on the 15th of
February, May, August and November. For each quarterly period, the dividend
rate is 76% of the highest of the three-month Treasury bill 


                                      53
<PAGE>

discount rate, 10-year constant maturity Treasury security yield or 20-year 
constant maturity Treasury bond yield, but limited to a minimum of 5.5% and a 
maximum of 10.5% per year. The average dividend rate was 5.5%, 5.5% and 5.8% 
during 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

9% CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES C  In December 1996, the Company
redeemed all $239 million of its Series C preferred stock at a price of
$500 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends.  This class of preferred
stock had been issued as depositary shares, each representing one-twentieth
of a share of the Series C preferred stock.  Dividends of $11.25 per share
(9% annualized rate) were cumulative and payable on the last day of each
calendar quarter.

8-7/8% CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES D  In March 1997, the Company 
redeemed all $175 million of its Series D preferred stock at a price of $500 
per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends. This class of preferred stock 
had been issued as depositary shares, each representing one-twentieth of a 
share of the Series D preferred stock.  Dividends of $11.09 per share (8-7/8% 
annualized rate) were cumulative and payable on the last day of each calendar 
quarter.

9-7/8% CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES F  In November 1996, the Company 
redeemed all $200 million of its Series F preferred stock at a price of $200 
per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends.  This class of preferred stock 
had been issued as depositary shares, each representing one-eighth of a share 
of the Series F preferred stock.  Dividends of $4.94 per share (9-7/8% 
annualized rate) were cumulative and payable on the last day of each calendar 
quarter.

9% CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES G  In May 1997, the Company redeemed 
all $150 million of its Series G preferred stock at a price of $200 per share 
plus accrued and unpaid dividends.  This class of preferred stock had been 
issued as depositary shares, each representing one-eighth of a share of 
Series G preferred stock.  Dividends of $4.50 per share (9% annualized rate) 
were cumulative and payable on the last day of each calendar quarter.

6.59%/ADJUSTABLE RATE NONCUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES H  These shares 
are redeemable at the option of the Company on or after October 1, 2001 at a 
price of $50 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends.  Dividends are 
noncumulative and payable on the first day of each calendar quarter at an 
annualized rate of 6.59% through October 1, 2001.  The dividend rate after 
October 1, 2001 will be equal to .44% plus the highest of the Treasury bill 
discount rate, the 10-year constant maturity rate and the 30-year constant 
maturity rate, as determined in advance of such dividend period, limited to a 
minimum of 7% and a maximum of 13%.


12.

COMMON STOCK, ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL AND STOCK PLANS

COMMON STOCK

The table on the right summarizes common stock reserved, issued, outstanding 
and authorized as of December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Number of shares
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>
Tax Advantage and Retirement Plan                                     2,718,228
Long-Term and Equity Incentive Plans                                  3,262,145
Dividend Reinvestment and Common Stock Purchase Plan                  4,094,173
Employee Stock Purchase Plan                                            587,220
Director Option Plans                                                   161,676
Stock Bonus Plan                                                         10,212
                                                                    -----------
  Total shares reserved                                              10,833,654
Shares issued and outstanding                                        86,152,779
Shares not reserved                                                  53,013,567
                                                                    -----------
  Total shares authorized (1)                                       150,000,000
                                                                    -----------
                                                                    -----------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  In 1996, shareholders approved an increase in the authorized shares of
     common stock to 500,000,000.  This will become effective when an amendment
     to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation is filed with the Secretary of
     State of Delaware.



                                      54
<PAGE>


Under the terms of mandatory convertible debt, the Company must exchange with 
the noteholder, or sell, various capital securities of the Company as 
described in Note 9.

During 1997, the Company repurchased approximately 5.9 million shares of its 
outstanding common stock and issued .6 million shares under various employee 
benefit and dividend reinvestment plans.

ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL

Repurchases made in connection with the Company's stock repurchase program 
result in a reduction of the additional paid-in capital (APIC) account equal 
to the amount paid in repurchasing the stock, less the $5 per share 
representing par value that is charged to the common stock account.  In order 
to absorb future repurchases of common stock, the Company transferred $1 
billion from Retained Earnings to APIC in 1995.

DIRECTOR OPTION PLANS

The 1990 Director Option Plan (1990 DOP) provides for annual grants of 
options to purchase 500 shares of common stock to each non-employee director 
elected or re-elected at the annual meeting of shareholders. Non-employee 
directors who join the Board between annual meetings receive options on a 
prorated basis. The options may be exercised until the tenth anniversary of 
the date of grant; they become exercisable after one year at an exercise 
price equal to the fair market value of the stock at the time of grant. The 
maximum total number of shares of common stock issuable under the 1990 DOP is 
100,000 in the aggregate and 20,000 in any one calendar year. No compensation 
expense was recorded for the stock options under the 1990 DOP, as the 
exercise price was equal to the quoted market price of the stock at the time 
of grant.

The 1987 Director Option Plan (1987 DOP) allows participating directors to 
file an irrevocable election to receive stock options in lieu of their 
retainer to be earned in any one calendar year.  The options become 
exercisable after one year and may be exercised until the tenth anniversary 
of the date of grant.  Options granted prior to 1995 have an exercise price 
of $1 per share.  Commencing in 1995, options granted have an exercise price 
equal to 50 percent of the quoted market price of the stock at the time of 
grant. Compensation expense for the 1987 DOP is measured as the quoted market 
price of the stock at the date of grant less the option exercise price.  This 
expense is accrued as retainers are earned.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PLANS

LONG-TERM AND EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS The Wells Fargo & Company Long-Term 
Incentive Plan (LTIP) became effective in 1994. The LTIP supersedes the 1990 
Equity Incentive Plan (1990 EIP), which is itself the successor to the 
original 1982 Equity Incentive Plan (1982 EIP).  No additional awards or 
grants will be issued under the 1990 or 1982 EIPs.

The LTIP provides for awards of restricted shares, stock options, stock 
appreciation rights and share rights.  Employee stock options granted under 
the LTIP can be granted with exercise prices at or above the current value of 
the common stock and, except for incentive stock options, can have terms 
longer than 10 years. Employee stock options generally become fully 
exercisable over three years from the grant date. Upon termination of 
employment, the option period is reduced or the options are canceled. The 
LTIP also provides for grants to recipients not limited to present key 
employees of the Company. The total number of shares of common stock issuable 
under the LTIP is 2,500,000 in the aggregate (excluding outstanding awards 
under the 1990 and 1982 EIPs) and 800,000 in any one calendar year. No 
compensation expense was recorded for the stock options under the LTIP, as 
the exercise price was equal to the quoted market price of the stock at the 
time of grant.

Loans may be made, at the discretion of the Company, to assist the 
participants of the LTIP and the EIPs in the acquisition of shares under 
options. The total of such interest-bearing loans were $5.1 million and $2.9 
million at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

The holders of the restricted share rights are entitled at no cost to the 
shares of common stock represented by the restricted share rights held by 
each person five years after the restricted share rights were granted. Upon 
receipt of the restricted share rights, holders are entitled to receive 
quarterly cash payments equal to the cash dividends that would be paid on the 
number of common shares equal to the number of restricted share rights. 
Except in limited circumstances, restricted share rights are canceled upon 
termination of employment. In 1997, 1996 and 1995, there were  28,002, 95,233 
and 69,778 restricted share rights granted, respectively, with a 
weighted-average grant-date fair value of $308.88, $236.87 and $173.90, 
respectively. As of December 31, 1997, the LTIP, the 1990 EIP and the 1982 
EIP had 208,454, 109,700 and 10,437 restricted share rights outstanding, 
respectively, to 1,314, 528 and 42 employees or their beneficiaries, 
respectively. The compensation expense for the restricted share rights equals 
the market price at the time of grant and is accrued on a straight-line basis 
over the vesting period of five years. The total compensation expense 
recognized for the restricted share rights was $11 million, $10 million and 
$8 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.


                                      55
<PAGE>

OTHER STOCK PLANS Pursuant to the Merger agreement, the First Interstate 
stock option plans were converted into stock option plans to purchase the 
Company's common stock based on the original stock option plan and the 
agreed-upon exchange ratio.  (First Interstate shareholders received 
two-thirds of a share of Wells Fargo common stock for each share of common 
stock owned.  See Note 2 for additional information concerning the Merger).  
As a result of the change in control, all outstanding First Interstate 
options became exercisable as of April 1, 1996. Also as of that date, all 
outstanding restricted shares granted under the First Interstate stock plans 
became vested and were issued.  As no additional awards were made under these 
plans and all outstanding grants became fully vested at the time of the 
Merger, no compensation expense has been recognized by the Company for these 
plans.

The following table is a summary of the Company's stock option activity and 
related information for the three years ended December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   1990 and 1987 DOP                     LTIP        1990 and 1982 EIP         First Interstate
                               ---------------------   ----------------------   ----------------------    ---------------------
                                           Weighted-                Weighted-                Weighted-                Weighted-
                                             average                  average                  average                  average
                                            exercise                 exercise                 exercise                 exercise
                                  Number       price       Number       price       Number       price       Number       price
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING AS OF
DECEMBER 31, 1994                 28,307     $ 85.18      655,180     $126.27    1,274,388      $66.86
                                  ------                ---------                ---------
1995:
  Granted                          7,264(2)   134.83      284,700(3)   209.27           --          --
  Canceled                            --          --       (8,500)     121.34       (2,330)      75.63
  Exercised                       (2,000)      72.47      (66,870)     110.75     (471,625)      63.73
                                  ------                ---------                ---------
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING AS OF
DECEMBER 31, 1995                 33,571       96.68      864,510      154.87      800,433       68.69
                                  ------                ---------                ---------
1996:
  Granted                         11,391(2)   225.70      232,620(3)   273.86           --          --
  Acquired (1)                        --          --           --          --           --          --      926,857      $93.78
  Canceled                            --          --       (9,280)     215.27           --          --      (10,420)      95.49
  Exercised                         (500)      66.25      (33,922)     130.73     (121,444)      65.48     (499,472)      97.94
                                  ------                ---------                ---------                  -------
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING AS OF
DECEMBER 31, 1996                 44,462      130.08    1,053,928      181.38      678,989       69.26      416,965       88.74
                                  ------                ---------                ---------                  -------
1997:
  GRANTED                         10,389(2)   234.88      475,375(3)   280.88           --          --           --          --
  CANCELED                            --          --      (28,595)     215.43           --          --      (19,795)      81.57
  EXERCISED                       (2,923)      98.73      (84,802)     131.81     (324,654)      65.46     (141,885)      93.89
                                  ------                ---------                ---------                  -------
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING AS OF
DECEMBER 31, 1997                 51,928     $152.81    1,415,906     $217.07      354,335      $72.74      255,285      $86.43
                                  ------     -------    ---------     -------    ---------      ------      -------      ------
                                  ------     -------    ---------     -------    ---------      ------      -------      ------
Outstanding options
exercisable as of:
  DECEMBER 31, 1997               41,792     $132.30      732,807     $168.31      354,335      $72.74      255,285      $86.43
  December 31, 1996               33,071       97.14      544,508      138.54      678,989       69.26      416,965       88.74
  December 31, 1995               26,307       86.15      287,875      121.78      800,433       68.69
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Options acquired from First Interstate pursuant to the Merger agreement.
(2)  The weighted-average per share fair value of options granted was $102.55,
     $90.51 and $70.98 for 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
(3)  The weighted-average per share fair value of options granted was $86.17,
     $90.86 and $73.27 for 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.


                                      56
<PAGE>

The following table is a summary of selected information for the Company's 
stock option plans described on the preceding page:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  December 31, 1997
                                          -----------------------------------------
                                              Weighted-
                                                average                   Weighted-
                                              remaining                     average
                                            contractual                    exercise
                                          life (in yrs.)      Number          price
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>          <C>
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES
1990 AND 1987 DOP
  $1.00
    Options outstanding / exercisable               4.4        4,139        $  1.00
  $44.63-$66.25
    Options outstanding / exercisable               4.2        4,354          64.72
  $72.50-$108.00
    Options outstanding / exercisable               3.9        8,623          81.31
  $119.38-$160.00
    Options outstanding                             6.4       17,350         142.22
    Options exercisable                                       15,214         143.25
  $236.38-$264.75
    Options outstanding                             8.3       17,462         256.59
    Options exercisable                                        9,462         249.69
LTIP
  $107.25-$159.63
    Options outstanding                             6.4      467,618         129.59
    Options exercisable                                      463,948         129.38
  $211.38-$314.25
    Options outstanding                             8.3      948,288         260.20
    Options exercisable                                      268,859         235.49
1990 AND 1982 EIP
  $54.00-$75.63
    Options outstanding / exercisable               3.8      354,335          72.74
FIRST INTERSTATE
  $27.75-$83.06 
    Options outstanding / exercisable               3.2      137,273          64.04
  $100.31-$125.81
    Options outstanding / exercisable               6.7      118,012         112.48
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN  Options to purchase 750,000 shares of common 
stock may be granted under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). Employees 
of the Company who have completed their introductory period of employment, 
except hourly employees, are eligible to participate. Certain highly 
compensated employees may be excluded from participation at the discretion of 
the Management Development and Compensation Committee of the Board of 
Directors. The plan provides for a purchase price of the lower of market 
value at grant date or 85% to 100% (as determined by the Board of Directors 
for each period) of the market value at the end of a one-year period. For the 
current period ending July 31, 1998, the Board approved a closing purchase 
price of 85% of the market value. The plan is noncompensatory and results in 
no expense to the Company. Transactions involving the ESPP are summarized in 
the table below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1997                            1996                            1995
                                 -------------------------      --------------------------       -------------------------
                                                 Weighted-                       Weighted-                       Weighted-
                                                   average                         average                         average
                                  Number    exercise price       Number     exercise price       Number     exercise price
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>        <C>                <C>          <C>                <C>          <C>
Options outstanding,
  beginning of year              148,531           $227.80      129,980            $182.25      143,404            $153.38
    Granted (1)                  151,018            270.15      157,878             227.80      143,072             182.25
    Canceled (2)                 (77,021)           235.75      (62,524)            189.06      (73,359)            158.53
    Exercised                    (85,977)           227.80      (76,803)            182.25      (83,137)            153.38
                                 -------                        -------                         -------

<PAGE>

Options outstanding,
  end of year (3)                136,551 (4)       $270.15      148,531            $227.80      129,980            $182.25
                                 -------           -------      -------            -------      -------            -------
                                 -------           -------      -------            -------      -------            -------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  The weighted-average per share fair value of options granted was $65.48,
     $52.46 and $39.25 for 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
(2)  At the beginning of the option period, participants are granted an
     additional 50% of options that are exercised only to the extent that the
     closing option price is sufficiently below the market value at grant date
     and based on the participant's level of participation. Since the closing
     option price was higher in 1997, 1996 and 1995, the additional option
     grants were canceled. These options represent a majority of the canceled
     options shown above.
(3)  None of the options outstanding as of December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 were
     exercisable.
(4)  The weighted-average remaining contractual life was eight months.


                                      57
<PAGE>

In October 1995, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 
No. 123 (FAS 123), Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.  As provided for 
under FAS 123, the Company elected to continue to apply the provisions of the 
Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to 
Employees, in accounting for the stock plans described above. Had 
compensation cost for these stock plans been determined based on the 
(optional) fair value method established by FAS 123, the Company's net income 
and earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts 
indicated below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Year ended December 31,
                                                    -------------------------------
(in millions)                                         1997         1996        1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>         <C>
Net income
  As reported                                       $1,155       $1,071      $1,032
  Pro forma (1)                                      1,139        1,063       1,030
Earnings per common share
  As reported                                       $12.77       $12.21      $20.37
  Pro forma (1)                                      12.60        12.12       20.33
Earnings per common share - assuming dilution
  As reported                                       $12.64       $12.05      $20.06
  Pro forma (1)                                      12.46        11.96       20.00
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  The pro forma amounts noted above only reflect the effects of stock-based
     compensation grants made after 1994.  Because stock options are granted
     each year and generally vest over three years, these pro forma amounts may
     not reflect the full effect of applying the (optional) fair value method
     established by FAS 123 that would be expected if all outstanding stock
     option grants were accounted for under this method.


The fair value of each option grant is estimated based on the date of grant 
using a modified Black Scholes option-pricing model.  For the stock option 
plans, the following weighted-average assumptions were used for 1997, 1996 
and 1995, respectively:  expected dividend yield of 1.5%, 1.4% and 1.6%; 
expected volatility of 25.2%, 29.0% and 33.3%; risk-free interest rates of 
6.0%, 6.0% and 5.7%, and expected life of 5.4 years for all years.  For the 
ESPP, the following assumptions were used for 1997, 1996 and 1995, 
respectively:  expected dividend yield of 1.5%, 1.8% and 1.8%, expected 
volatility of 25.5%, 23.8% and 18.0%, risk-free interest rates of 5.5%, 5.8% 
and 5.7%, and expected life of one year for all years.

For information on employee stock ownership through the Tax Advantage and 
Retirement Plan, see Note 13.

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

The Dividend Reinvestment and Common Stock Purchase and Share Custody Plan 
allows holders of the Company's common stock to purchase additional shares 
either by reinvesting all or part of their dividends, or by making optional 
cash payments. Participants making optional cash payments to purchase 
additional shares may do so by making payments between $150 and $2,000 per 
month.  All purchases of additional shares are made at fair market value.  
Shares may also be held in custody under the plan even without the 
reinvestment of dividends. During 1997 and 1996, 86,078 and 103,580 shares, 
respectively, were issued under the plan.

13.

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND OTHER EXPENSES

RETIREMENT PLAN

The Company's retirement plan is known as the Tax Advantage and Retirement 
Plan (TAP), a defined contribution plan. As part of TAP, the Company makes 
basic retirement contributions to employee retirement accounts. Effective 
July 1994, the Company increased its basic retirement contributions from 4% 
to 6% of the total of employee base salary plus payments from certain bonus 
plans (covered compensation). The Company also makes special transition 
contributions related to the termination of a prior defined benefit plan of 
the Company ranging from .5% to 5% of covered compensation for certain 
employees. The plan covers salaried employees with at least one year of 
service and contains a vesting schedule graduated from three to seven years 
of service.

Prior to July 1994, the Company made supplemental retirement contributions of 
2% of employee-covered compensation. All salaried employees with at least one 
year of service were eligible to receive these Company contributions, which 
vested immediately. Effective July 1994, the supplemental retirement 
contributions were discontinued, except for those contributions that are made 
to employees hired before January 1, 1992. Those employees will continue to 
receive the supplemental 2% contribution and the 4% basic retirement 
contributions until fully vested. Upon becoming 100% vested, the basic 
retirement contribution will increase to 6% of employee-covered compensation 
and the supplemental 2% contributions will end.

Salaried employees who have at least one year of service are eligible to 
contribute to TAP up to 10% of their pretax covered compensation through 
salary deductions under 


                                      58
<PAGE>

Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, although a lower contribution 
limit may be applied to certain employees in order to maintain the qualified 
status of the plan. The Company makes matching contributions of up to 4% of 
an employee's covered compensation for those who have at least three years of 
service and elect to contribute under the plan. Effective July 1994, the 
Company began to partially match contributions by employees with at least one 
but less than three years of service. For such employees who elect to 
contribute under the plan, the Company matches 50% of each dollar on the 
first 4% of the employee's covered compensation. The Company's matching 
contributions are immediately vested and, similar to retirement 
contributions, are tax deductible by the Company.

Employees direct the investment of their TAP funds and may elect to invest in 
the Company's common stock.

Expenses related to TAP for 1997, 1996 and 1995 were $107 million, $95 
million and $57 million, respectively.

First Interstate had a noncontributory defined benefit plan that provides 
retirement benefits that are a function of both years of service and the 
highest average compensation for any five (consecutive) year period during 
the last 10 years before retirement.  Pursuant to the Merger agreement, 
accrued benefits, as of June 30, 1996, for all participants employed as of 
March 28, 1996 became fully vested.  Effective June 30, 1996, all accrued 
benefits under the plan were frozen.  There is no intention at the present 
time to terminate the plan.

The funding policy for the defined benefit retirement plan is to make 
contributions sufficient to meet the minimum requirements set forth in the 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, with additional 
contributions being made periodically when deemed appropriate.  The following 
table sets forth the funded status of the plan as of its measurement date 
(September 30, 1997 and 1996) and amounts included in the Company's 
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1997 and  1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          December 31,
                                                                 --------------------
(in millions)                                                        1997        1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Accumulated benefit obligation (fully vested)                    $1,058.3      $975.2
                                                                 --------      ------
                                                                 --------      ------
Plan assets at fair value (1)                                    $1,182.7      $988.5
Projected benefit obligation                                      1,058.3       975.2
                                                                 --------      ------
Plan assets in excess of projected benefit obligation               124.4        13.3
Unrecognized net gain (due to past experience different
  from assumptions made and effects of changes in assumptions)     (124.4)      (13.3)
                                                                 --------      ------
Prepaid pension asset (accrued pension liability)                $     --      $   --
                                                                 --------      ------
                                                                 --------      ------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Primarily invested in equity securities.


The net periodic pension cost for 1997 and 1996 included the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Year ended
                                                                      December 31,
                                                             --------------------
(in millions)                                                   1997         1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>
Service cost (benefits earned during the period)             $    --       $  7.4
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation                   71.5         52.9
Actual return on plan assets                                  (239.2)       (59.1)
Net amortization and deferral                                  167.7         (1.2)
                                                             -------      -------
  Net periodic pension cost                                  $    --       $   --
                                                             -------      -------
                                                             -------      -------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The weighted-average discount rate used in determining the pension benefit 
obligation was 7.0% and 7.5% in 1997 and 1996, respectively.  No increase in 
future salary levels was assumed as all accrued benefits under the plan were 
frozen effective June 30, 1996.  The expected long-term rate of return on 
assets was 8.5% in both 1997 and 1996.

HEALTH CARE AND LIFE INSURANCE

The Company provides health care and life insurance benefits for certain 
active and retired employees. The Company reserves its right to terminate 
these benefits at any time. The health care benefits for active eligible and 
retired employees are self-funded by the Company with the Point-of-Service 
Managed Care Plan or provided through health maintenance organizations 
(HMOs). Life insurance benefits for active eligible and retired employees are 
provided through an insurance company.

The Company recognized the cost of health care benefits for active eligible 
employees by expensing contributions totaling $78 million, $78 million and 
$37 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The Company recognizes the 
cost of life insurance benefits for active eligible employees by expensing 
the annual insurance premiums, which were $1.0 million, $1.2 million and $2.0 
million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

The amount of subsidized health care coverage for employees who retired prior 
to January 1, 1993 is based upon their Medicare eligibility.  The amount of 
subsidized health care coverage for employees who retire after December 31, 
1992 is based upon their eligibility to retire as of January 1, 1993 and 
their years of service at the time of retirement.  Active employees with an 
adjusted service date after September 30, 1992 are not eligible for 
subsidized health care coverage upon retirement.


                                      59
<PAGE>

The following table sets forth the net periodic cost for postretirement 
health care benefits for 1997, 1996 and 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                Year ended December 31,
                                                                         -----------------------------
(in millions)                                                             1997        1996        1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>
Service cost (benefits attributed to service during the period)          $ 2.0       $ 2.0       $ 1.1
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (APBO)     15.2        14.3         8.5
Amortization of transition obligation (1)                                  7.1         7.1         7.1
Amortization of net gain                                                  (4.2)       (4.2)       (3.5)
                                                                         -----       -----       -----
  Total                                                                  $20.1       $19.2       $13.2
                                                                         -----       -----       -----
                                                                         -----       -----       -----
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  The unrecognized APBO at the time of adoption of Statement of Financial 
Accounting Standards No. 106 (FAS 106), Employers' Accounting for 
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions (transition obligation) of $142 
million is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 20 years.  The 
remaining unrecognized APBO at December 31, 1997 was $106.6 million.

The following table sets forth the funded status for postretirement health 
care benefits and provides an analysis of the accrued postretirement benefit 
cost (reported in other liabilities), which is included in the Company's 
Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 1997 and 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Year ended December 31,
                                                      ----------------------
(in millions)                                                  1997     1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>      <C>
APBO (1):
  Retirees                                                  $ 192.6  $ 174.7
  Eligible active employees                                    13.4     11.4
  Other active employees                                       31.0     35.1
                                                            -------  -------
                                                              237.0    221.2
Plan assets at fair value                                        --       --
                                                            -------  -------
APBO in excess of plan assets                                 237.0    221.2
Unrecognized net gain from past experience different
  from that assumed and from changes in assumptions            35.0     62.0
Unrecognized transition obligation                           (106.6)  (113.7)
                                                            -------  -------
Accrued postretirement benefit cost                         $ 165.4  $ 169.5
                                                            -------  -------
                                                            -------  -------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Based on a discount rate of 6.9% and 7.2% in 1997 and 1996, respectively.

For measurement purposes, a health care cost trend rate was used to recognize 
the effect of expected changes in future health care costs due to medical 
inflation, utilization changes, technological changes, regulatory 
requirements and Medicare cost shifting. Average annual increases of 5.5% for 
HMOs and 7.0% for all other types of coverage in the per capita cost of 
covered health care benefits were assumed for 1998.  The rate for other 
coverage was assumed to decrease gradually to 5.5% in 2001 and remain at that 
level thereafter. Increasing the assumed health care trend by one percentage 
point in each year would increase the APBO as of December 31, 1997 by $10.5 
million and the aggregate of the interest cost and service cost components of 
the net periodic cost for 1997 by $.4 million.

The Company also provides postretirement life insurance to certain existing 
retirees. The APBO and expenses related to these benefits were not material. 
Employees with an adjusted service date after January 1, 1994 are not 
eligible for Company paid life insurance benefits.


OTHER EXPENSES

The following table shows expenses which exceeded 1% of total interest income 
and noninterest income and which are not otherwise shown separately in the 
financial statements or notes thereto.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Year ended December 31,
                                                   ----------------------
(in millions)                                       1997     1996    1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>      <C>     <C>
Contract services                                   $236     $295    $149
Telecommunications                                   143      140      58
Postage                                               83       96      52
Outside professional services                         79      112      45
Advertising and promotion                             74      116      73
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                      60
<PAGE>

14.

INCOME TAXES

Total income taxes for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 were 
recorded as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                Year ended December 31,
                                                                           ---------------------------
(in millions)                                                              1997       1996        1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>         <C>
Income taxes applicable to income before income tax expense                $999       $908        $745
Stockholders' equity for compensation expense for tax purposes
  in excess of amounts recognized for financial reporting purposes          (37)       (17)        (24)
Stockholders' equity for tax effect of the change in net unrealized
  gain (loss) on investment securities                                       21         (3)        100
                                                                           ----       ----        ----
    Total income taxes                                                     $983       $888        $821
                                                                           ----       ----        ----
                                                                           ----       ----        ----
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The following is a summary of the components of income tax expense (benefit) 
applicable to income before income taxes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------
                                     Year ended December 31,
                                ---------------------------
(in millions)                   1997       1996        1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>        <C>         <C>
Current:
  Federal                       $635       $500        $507
  State and local                199        150         183
                                ----       ----        ----
                                 834        650         690
                                ----       ----        ----
Deferred:
  Federal                        129        196          37
  State and local                 36         62          18
                                ----       ----        ----
                                 165        258          55
                                ----       ----        ----
    Total                       $999       $908        $745
                                ----       ----        ----
                                ----       ----        ----
- -----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Amounts for the current year are based upon estimates and assumptions as of 
the date of this report and could vary significantly from amounts shown on 
the tax returns as filed. Accordingly, the variances from the amounts 
previously reported for 1996 are primarily a result of adjustments to conform 
to tax returns as filed.

The Company's income tax expense (benefit) related to investment securities 
gains (losses) was $8 million, $4 million and $(7) million for 1997, 1996 and 
1995, respectively.

The Company had net deferred tax assets of $209 million and $346 million at 
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The tax effect of temporary 
differences that gave rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and 
liabilities at December 31, 1997 and 1996 are presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Year ended December 31,
                                                                   ----------------------
(in millions)                                                            1997        1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>             <C>
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
  Allowance for loan losses                                            $  743      $  805
  Net tax-deferred expenses                                               614         661
  State tax expense                                                        55          27
  Premises and equipment                                                   36          58
  Foreclosed assets                                                        30          42
                                                                       ------      ------
                                                                        1,478       1,593
  Valuation allowance                                                      --          --
                                                                       ------      ------
    Total deferred tax assets, less valuation allowance                 1,478       1,593
                                                                       ------      ------
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
  Core deposit intangible                                                 624         751
  Leasing                                                                 538         413
  Certain identifiable intangibles                                         66          50
  Investments                                                              31           8
  Other                                                                    10          25
                                                                       ------      ------
    Total deferred tax liabilities                                      1,269       1,247
                                                                       ------      ------
NET DEFERRED TAX ASSET                                                 $  209      $  346
                                                                       ------      ------
                                                                       ------      ------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Substantially all of the Company's net deferred tax asset of $209 million at 
December 31, 1997 related to net expenses (the largest of which were the 
allowance for loan losses and the net tax-deferred expenses, offset by the 
core deposit intangible) that have been reflected in the financial 
statements, but which will reduce future taxable income. At December 31, 
1997, the Company did not have any net operating loss carryforwards. The 
Company estimates that approximately $201 million of the $209 million net 
deferred tax asset at December 31, 1997 could be realized by the recovery of 
previously paid federal taxes; however, the Company expects to actually 
realize the federal net deferred tax asset by claiming deductions against 
future taxable income. The balance of approximately $8 million primarily 
relates to net deductions that are expected to reduce future state taxable 
income. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that it will 
have sufficient future state taxable income to fully utilize these 
deductions.  The amount of the total deferred tax asset considered 
realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future 
taxable income during the carryforward periods are reduced.


                                     61
<PAGE>

The following is a reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax expense 
and rate to the effective income tax expense and rate:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    Year ended December 31,
                                                   -------------------------------------------------------
                                                              1997                1996                1995
                                                  ----------------    ----------------    ----------------
(in millions)                                     AMOUNT         %    Amount         %    Amount         %
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
Statutory federal income tax expense and rate       $754      35.0%     $693      35.0%     $622      35.0%
Change in tax rate resulting from:
  State and local taxes on income, net of
    federal income tax benefit                       131       6.1       124       6.3       132       7.4
  Amortization of goodwill not
    deductible for tax return purposes               132       6.1       102       5.2        14        .8
  Other                                              (18)      (.8)      (11)      (.6)      (23)     (1.2)
                                                    ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
    Effective income tax expense and rate           $999      46.4%     $908      45.9%     $745      42.0%
                                                    ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
                                                    ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The Company has not recognized a federal deferred tax liability of $36 
million on $102 million of undistributed earnings of a foreign subsidiary 
because such earnings are indefinitely reinvested in the subsidiary and are 
not taxable under current law. A deferred tax liability would be recognized 
to the extent the Company changed its intent to not indefinitely reinvest a 
portion or all of such undistributed earnings. In addition, a current tax 
liability would be recognized if the Company recovered those undistributed 
earnings in a taxable manner, such as through the receipt of dividends or 
sale of the entity, or if the tax law changed.

15.

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

On December 31, 1997, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting 
Standards No. 128 (FAS 128), Earnings per Share.  This Statement replaces the 
presentation of primary earnings per common share (net income applicable to 
common stock divided by average common shares outstanding and, if dilution is 
3% or more, common stock equivalents) with a presentation of (basic) earnings 
per common share (net income applicable to common stock divided by average 
common shares outstanding), which the Company previously presented.  The 
Statement also requires dual presentation of earnings per common share and 
earnings per common share - assuming dilution on the face of the income 
statement and a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of both 
earnings per common share calculations, which is presented in the table on 
the right.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Year ended December 31,
                                                             ------------------------
(in millions)                                                1997      1996      1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net income                                                 $1,155    $1,071    $1,032
Less: Preferred stock dividends                                25        67        42
                                                          -------   -------   -------
Net income applicable to common stock                      $1,130    $1,004    $  990
                                                          -------   -------   -------
                                                          -------   -------   -------
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
Net income applicable to common stock (numerator)          $1,130    $1,004    $  990
                                                          -------   -------   -------
                                                          -------   -------   -------
Average common shares outstanding (denominator)              88.4      82.2      48.6
                                                          -------   -------   -------
                                                          -------   -------   -------
Per share                                                  $12.77    $12.21    $20.37
                                                          -------   -------   -------
                                                          -------   -------   -------
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE - ASSUMING DILUTION
Net income applicable to common stock (numerator)          $1,130    $1,004    $  990
                                                          -------   -------   -------
                                                          -------   -------   -------
Average common shares outstanding                            88.4      82.2      48.6
Add: Stock options                                             .7        .8        .5
     Restricted share rights                                   .3        .3        .3
                                                          -------   -------   -------
Average common shares outstanding - assuming dilution
   (denominator)                                             89.4      83.3      49.4
                                                          -------   -------   -------
                                                          -------   -------   -------
Per share                                                  $12.64    $12.05    $20.06
                                                          -------   -------   -------
                                                          -------   -------   -------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                     62
<PAGE>

16.

PARENT COMPANY

Condensed financial information of Wells Fargo & Company (Parent) is presented
below. For information regarding the Parent's long-term debt, see Note 9.


CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Year ended December 31,
                                                             ------------------------
(in millions)                                                1997      1996      1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>       <C>
INCOME
Dividends from subsidiaries:
     Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.                                $2,006    $1,461    $1,131
     Other bank subsidiaries                                   69        33        --
     Nonbank subsidiaries                                      --         1        --
Interest income from:
     Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.                                   145        99        86
     Other bank subsidiaries                                   18         9         3
     Nonbank subsidiaries                                       4         8        12
     Other                                                     43        71        53
Noninterest income                                            172       163        52
                                                          -------   -------   -------
        Total income                                        2,457     1,845     1,337
                                                          -------   -------   -------
EXPENSE
Interest on:
     Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings          14        10        14
     Senior and subordinated debt                             394       299       194
Noninterest expense                                           120        93        35
                                                          -------   -------   -------
        Total expense                                         528       402       243
                                                          -------   -------   -------
Income before income tax benefit and
     undistributed income of subsidiaries                   1,929     1,443     1,094
Income tax benefit                                             35        17        17
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries:
     Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (1)                              (879)     (455)      (26)
     Other bank subsidiaries                                   42        48       (65)
     Nonbank subsidiaries                                      28        18        12
                                                          -------   -------   -------
NET INCOME                                                 $1,155    $1,071    $1,032
                                                          -------   -------   -------
                                                          -------   -------   -------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Amounts represent dividends distributed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. in
     excess of its 1997, 1996 and 1995 net income of $1,127 million, $1,006 
     million and $1,105 million, respectively.


CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          December 31,
                                                                       --------------
(in millions)                                                          1997      1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>
ASSETS
Cash and due from Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (includes interest-
     earning deposits of $650 million and $1,000 million)           $   707   $ 1,043
Investment securities at fair value                                     461       395
Loans                                                                   152       220
Allowance for loan losses                                                66        66
                                                                   --------  --------
        Net loans                                                        86       154
                                                                   --------  --------
Loans and advances to subsidiaries:
     Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.                                           1,778     2,156
     Other bank subsidiaries                                            255       275
     Nonbank subsidiaries                                                31        90
Investment in subsidiaries (1):
     Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.                                          13,224    13,912
     Other bank subsidiaries                                          1,319     1,439
     Nonbank subsidiaries                                               244       213
Other assets                                                          1,465     1,457
                                                                   --------  --------
        Total assets                                                $19,570   $21,134
                                                                   --------  --------
                                                                   --------  --------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings                    $   222   $   170
Other liabilities                                                       664       742
Senior debt                                                           1,871     1,984
Subordinated debt                                                     2,585     2,940
Indebtedness to subsidiaries                                          1,339     1,186
Stockholders' equity                                                 12,889    14,112
                                                                   --------  --------
        Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                  $19,570   $21,134
                                                                   --------  --------
                                                                   --------  --------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  The double leverage ratio, which represents the ratio of the Parent's
     total equity investment in subsidiaries to its total stockholders'
     equity, was 115% and 110% at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.


                                          63
<PAGE>


CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Year ended December 31,
                                                                       ------------------------
(in millions)                                                          1997      1996      1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>       <C>       <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
     Net income                                                     $ 1,155   $ 1,071    $1,032
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
       provided by operating activities:
         Deferred income tax (benefit)                                    1        (3)      (15)
         Equity in undistributed loss of subsidiaries                   809       389        79
         Other, net                                                    (220)      155       (52)
                                                                    -------   -------   -------
Net cash provided by operating activities                             1,745     1,612     1,044
                                                                    -------   -------   -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
     Investment securities:
       At fair value:
         Proceeds from sales                                             30        11         4
         Proceeds from prepayments and maturities                       178       206         2
         Purchases                                                     (259)     (183)      (59)
       At cost:
         Proceeds from prepayments and maturities                        --        --        56
     Net decrease in loans                                               68        51        70
     Net (increase) decrease in loans and advances to subsidiaries      457       289      (192)
     Net increase in investment in subsidiaries                          (9)     (216)     (266)
     Other, net                                                         135       (88)      119
                                                                    -------   -------   -------
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities                        600        70      (266)
                                                                    -------   -------   -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
     Net increase in short-term borrowings                               52        10        27
     Proceeds from issuance of senior debt                              700     1,260     1,230
     Repayment of senior debt                                          (810)   (1,183)     (811)
     Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debt                         --       800        --
     Repayment of subordinated debt                                    (351)       --      (210)
     Proceeds from issuance of guaranteed preferred
       beneficial interests in Company's subordinated debentures        153     1,186        --
     Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock                           --       197        --
     Proceeds from issuance of common stock                              88       117        90
     Redemption of preferred stock                                     (325)     (439)       --
     Repurchase of common stock                                      (1,689)   (2,158)     (847)
     Payment of cash dividends on preferred stock                       (25)      (73)      (42)
     Payment of cash dividends on common stock                         (463)     (429)     (225)
     Other, net                                                         (11)       42        16
                                                                    -------   -------   -------
Net cash used by financing activities                                (2,681)     (670)     (772)
                                                                    -------   -------   -------
     NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS (DUE FROM
         WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.)                                       (336)    1,012         6
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                        1,043        31        25
                                                                    -------   -------   -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR                            $   707   $ 1,043    $   31
                                                                    -------   -------   -------
                                                                    -------   -------   -------
Noncash investing activities:
     Transfers from investment securities at cost to 
       investment securities at fair value                          $    --   $    --    $  147
                                                                    -------   -------   -------
                                                                    -------   -------   -------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


17.

LEGAL ACTIONS

In the normal course of business, the Company is at all times subject to
numerous pending and threatened legal actions, some for which the relief or
damages sought are substantial. After reviewing pending and threatened actions
with counsel, management considers that the outcome of such actions will not
have a material adverse effect on stockholders' equity of the Company; the
Company is not able to predict whether the outcome of such actions may or may
not have a material adverse effect on results of operations in a particular
future period as the timing and amount of any resolution of such actions and its
relationship to the future results of operations are not known. 


                                            64
<PAGE>

18.

RISK-BASED CAPITAL

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital adequacy
requirements administered by the Federal Reserve Board (FRB) and the OCC,
respectively. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991
(FDICIA) required that the federal regulatory agencies adopt regulations
defining five capital tiers for banks: well capitalized, adequately capitalized,
undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically
undercapitalized. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate
certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators
that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's
financial statements. 

Quantitative measures, established by the regulators to ensure capital adequacy,
require that the Company and the Bank maintain minimum ratios (set forth in the
table below) of capital to risk-weighted assets. There are two categories of
capital under the guidelines.  Tier 1 capital includes common stockholders'
equity, qualifying preferred stock and trust preferred securities, less goodwill
and certain other deductions (including the unrealized net gains and losses,
after applicable taxes, on available-for-sale securities carried at fair value).
Tier 2 capital includes preferred stock not qualifying as Tier 1 capital,
mandatory convertible debt, subordinated debt, certain unsecured senior debt
issued by the Parent and the allowance for loan losses, subject to limitations
by the guidelines.  Tier 2 capital is limited to the amount of Tier 1 capital
(i.e., at least half of the total capital must be in the form of Tier 1
capital).

Under the guidelines, capital is compared to the relative risk related to the 
balance sheet. To derive the risk included in the balance sheet, one of four 
risk weights (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) is applied to the different balance 
sheet and off-balance sheet assets, primarily based on the relative credit 
risk of the counterparty. For example, claims guaranteed by the U.S. 
government or one of its agencies are risk-weighted at 0%. Off-balance sheet 
items, such as loan commitments and derivative financial instruments, are 
also applied a risk weight after calculating balance sheet equivalent 
amounts. One of four credit conversion factors (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) is 
assigned to loan commitments based on the likelihood of the off-balance sheet 
item becoming an asset. For example, certain loan commitments are converted 
at 50% and then risk-weighted at 100%. Derivative financial instruments are 
converted to balance sheet equivalents based on notional values, replacement 
costs and remaining contractual terms. (See Notes 5 and 19 for further 
discussion of off-balance sheet items.)  The capital amounts and 
classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators 
about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Management believes that, as of December 31, 1997, the Company and Bank met all
capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. 

Under the FDICIA prompt corrective action provisions applicable to banks, the
most recent notification from the OCC categorized the Bank as well capitalized.
To be categorized as well capitalized, the institution must maintain a total
risk-based capital ratio as set forth in the following table and not be subject
to a capital directive order. There are no conditions or events since that
notification that management believes have changed the Bank's risk-based capital
category.

<TABLE>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                           To be well
                                                                                                    capitalized under
                                                                                                           the FDICIA
                                                                               For capital          prompt corrective
                                                          Actual         adequacy purposes          action provisions
                                                  --------------       -------------------       --------------------
(in billions)                                     Amount   Ratio       Amount        Ratio        Amount        Ratio
- --------------------------------------------------------   -----       ------        -----        ------        -----
<S>                                               <C>      <C>       <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
As of December 31, 1997:
  Total capital (to risk-weighted
    assets)
      Wells Fargo & Company                        $9.2    11.49%    > = $6.4     > = 8.00%
      Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.                        7.8    11.18     > =  5.6     > = 8.00      > = $7.0    > = 10.00%

  Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted
    assets)
      Wells Fargo & Company                        $6.1     7.61%    > = $3.2     > = 4.00%
      Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.                        5.8     8.34     > =  2.8     > = 4.00      > = $4.2    > = 6.00%

  Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
    (Leverage ratio)
      Wells Fargo & Company                        $6.1     6.95%    > = $3.5     > = 4.00%(1)
      Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.                        5.8     7.21     > =  3.2     > = 4.00 (1)  > = $4.0    > = 5.00%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  The leverage ratio consists of Tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average
     total assets, excluding goodwill and certain other items. The minimum
     leverage ratio guideline is 3% for banking organizations that do not
     anticipate significant growth and that have well-diversified risk,
     excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings, effective
     management and monitoring of market risk and, in general, are considered
     top-rated, strong banking organizations.



                                 65
<PAGE>

19.

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company enters into a variety of financial contracts, which include 
interest rate futures and forward contracts, interest rate floors and caps, 
options and interest rate swap agreements. The contract or notional amounts 
of derivatives do not represent amounts exchanged by the parties and 
therefore are not a measure of exposure through the use of derivatives.  The 
amounts exchanged are determined by reference to the notional amounts and the 
other terms of the derivatives.  The contract or notional amounts do not 
represent exposure to liquidity risk.  The Company is not a dealer but an 
end-user of these instruments and does not use them speculatively. The 
Company also offers contracts to its customers, but offsets such contracts by 
purchasing other financial contracts or uses the contracts for 
asset/liability management.

The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by
counterparties to financial instruments. The Company controls the credit risk of
its financial contracts (except futures contracts and floor, cap, and option
contracts written, for which credit risk is DE MINIMUS) through credit
approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. Credit risk related to derivative
financial instruments is considered and, if material, provided for separately
from the allowance for loan losses. As the Company generally enters into
transactions only with high quality counterparties, losses associated with
counterparty nonperformance on derivative financial instruments have been
immaterial. 

The following table summarizes the aggregate notional or contractual amounts,
credit risk amount and net fair value for the Company's derivative financial
instruments at December 31, 1997 and 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                        December 31,
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           1997                                1996
                                            -----------------------------------  ----------------------------------
                                            NOTIONAL OR     CREDIT    ESTIMATED  Notional or    Credit    Estimated
                                            CONTRACTUAL       RISK         FAIR  contractual      risk         fair
(in millions)                                    AMOUNT     AMOUNT (2)    VALUE       amount    amount (2)    value
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>
ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT
     HEDGES
Interest rate contracts:
     Swaps (1)                                  $16,301        $233        $174      $16,661      $217         $117
     Futures                                      6,259          --          --        5,188        --           --
     Floors purchased (1)                        20,727          63          63       20,640       101          101
     Caps purchased (1)                             240           1           1          435         3            3
     Options purchased                               42          --          --           --        --           --

Foreign exchange contracts:
     Forward contracts (1)                           57           1           1           64        --           --

CUSTOMER ACCOMMODATIONS
Interest rate contracts: 
     Swaps (1)                                    3,158          13           4        2,325        12            2
     Futures                                      2,387          --          --           10        --           --
     Floors purchased (1)                         1,141          13          13          404         9            9
     Caps purchased (1)                           2,836           8           8        2,088         4            4
     Floors written                               1,122          --         (13)         405        --          (10)
     Caps written                                 2,871          --          (9)       2,174        --           (4)
     Options purchased (1)                           37          --          --           --        --           --
     Options written (1)                             27          --          --           --        --           --
     Forwards (1)                                    59           2           2           --        --           --

Foreign exchange contracts:
     Forwards and spots (1)                       1,853          29           3        1,313        14            1
     Options purchased (1)                          110          --          --           65         1            1
     Options written                                110          --          --           59        --           (1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  The Company anticipates performance by substantially all of the
     counterparties for these or the underlying financial instruments.
(2)  Credit risk amounts reflect the replacement cost for those contracts in a
     gain position in the event of nonperformance by counterparties.


                                   66
<PAGE>

Interest rate futures contracts are contracts in which the buyer agrees to 
purchase and the seller agrees to make delivery of a specific financial 
instrument at a predetermined price or yield. Gains and losses on futures 
contracts are settled daily based on a notional (underlying) principal value 
and do not involve an actual transfer of the specific instrument. Futures 
contracts are standardized and are traded on exchanges. The exchange assumes 
the risk that a counterparty will not pay and generally requires margin 
payments to minimize such risk. Market risks arise from movements in interest 
rates and security values. The Company uses 90- to 120-day futures contracts 
on Eurodollar deposits and U.S. Treasury notes to shorten the interest rate 
maturity of deposits and to reduce the price risk of loans. Initial margin 
requirements on futures contracts are provided by investment securities 
pledged as collateral. The net deferred losses related to interest rate 
futures contracts were $17 million at December 31, 1997, which will be fully 
amortized in 1998.

Interest rate floors and caps are interest rate protection instruments that 
involve the payment from the seller to the buyer of an interest differential. 
This differential represents the difference between a short-term rate (e.g., 
three-month LIBOR) and an agreed-upon rate, the strike rate, applied to a 
notional principal amount. By purchasing a floor, the Company will be paid 
the differential by a counterparty, should the current short-term rate fall 
below the strike level of the agreement. The Company generally receives cash 
quarterly on purchased floors (when the current interest rate falls below the 
strike rate) and purchased caps (when the current interest rate exceeds the 
strike rate). The premiums paid for interest rate purchased floor and cap 
agreements are included with the assets or liabilities hedged.  The primary 
risk associated with purchased floors and caps is the ability of the 
counterparties to meet the terms of the contract.  Of the total purchased 
floors for asset/liability management of $21 billion at December 31, 1997, 
the Company had $16 billion of floors to protect variable-rate loans from a 
drop in interest rates. These contracts have a weighted average maturity of 1 
year and 10 months. Included in purchased floors are forward starting 
contracts of $3 million starting in February 1998, $2,000 million starting in 
October 1998, $1,200 million starting in January 1999, $20 million starting 
in March 1999, $63 million starting in June 1999 and $5 million starting in 
October 2000.  The remaining purchased floors of $5 billion and purchased 
caps of $.2 billion at December 31, 1997 were used to hedge interest rate 
risk of various other specific assets and liabilities.

Interest rate swap contracts are entered into primarily as an asset/liability 
management strategy to reduce interest rate risk. Interest rate swap 
contracts are exchanges of interest payments, such as fixed-rate payments for 
floating-rate payments, based on a notional principal amount. Payments 
related to the Company's swap contracts are made either monthly, quarterly or 
semi-annually by one of the parties depending on the specific terms of the 
related contract. The primary risk associated with swaps is the exposure to 
movements in interest rates and the ability of the counterparties to meet the 
terms of the contract. At December 31, 1997, the Company had $16  billion of 
interest rate swaps outstanding for interest rate risk management purposes on 
which the Company receives payments based on fixed interest rates and makes 
payments based on variable rates (i.e., one-or three-month LIBOR rate).  
Included in this amount, $11 billion was used to convert floating-rate loans 
into fixed-rate assets. These contracts have a weighted average maturity of 2 
years and 3 months, a weighted average receive rate of 6.59% and a weighted 
average pay rate of 5.94%. An additional $4 billion was used to convert 
fixed-rate deposits into floating-rate deposits.  These contracts have a 
weighted average maturity of 2 years and 11 months, a weighted average 
receive rate of 5.49% and a weighted average pay rate of 5.90%.  The 
remaining swap contracts used for interest rate risk management of $1 billion 
at December 31, 1997 were used to hedge interest rate risk of various other 
specific assets and liabilities.

                                              67
<PAGE>

20.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107 (FAS 107), Disclosures about
Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires that the Company disclose
estimated fair values for its financial instruments. Fair value estimates,
methods and assumptions set forth below for the Company's financial instruments
are made solely to comply with the requirements of FAS 107 and should be read in
conjunction with the financial statements and notes in this Annual Report. The
carrying amounts in the table are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
under the indicated captions, except for the derivative financial instruments,
which are recorded in the specific asset or liability balance being hedged or in
other assets if the derivative financial instrument is a customer accommodation.

Fair values are based on estimates or calculations at the transaction level
using present value techniques in instances where quoted market prices are not
available. Because broadly traded markets do not exist for most of the Company's
financial instruments, the fair value calculations attempt to incorporate the
effect of current market conditions at a specific time. Fair valuations are
management's estimates of the values, and they are often calculated based on
current pricing policy, the economic and competitive environment, the
characteristics of the financial instruments and other such factors. These
calculations are subjective in nature, involve uncertainties and matters of
significant judgment and do not include tax ramifications; therefore, the
results cannot be determined with precision, substantiated by comparison to
independent markets and may not be realized in an actual sale or immediate
settlement of the instruments. There may be inherent weaknesses in any
calculation technique, and changes in the underlying assumptions used, including
discount rates and estimates of future cash flows, could significantly affect
the results. The Company has not included certain material items in its
disclosure, such as the value of the long-term relationships with the Company's
deposit, credit card and trust customers, since these intangibles are not
financial instruments. For all of these reasons, the aggregation of the fair
value calculations presented herein do not represent, and should not be
construed to represent, the underlying value of the Company.

FINANCIAL ASSETS

SHORT-TERM FINANCIAL ASSETS

This category includes cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and
securities purchased under resale agreements and due from customers on
acceptances. The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value because
of the relatively short period of time between the origination of the instrument
and its expected realization.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Investment securities at fair value at December 31, 1997 and 1996 are set forth
in Note 4.

LOANS

The fair valuation calculation process differentiates loans based on their
financial characteristics, such as product classification, loan category,
pricing features and remaining maturity. Prepayment estimates are evaluated by
product and loan rate. Discount rates presented in the paragraphs below have a
wide range due to the Company's mix of fixed- and variable-rate products. The
Company used variable discount rates which incorporate relative credit quality
to reflect the credit risk, where appropriate, on the fair value calculation.

The fair value of commercial loans, other real estate mortgage loans and real
estate construction loans is calculated by discounting contractual cash flows
using discount rates that reflect the Company's current pricing for loans with
similar characteristics and remaining maturity. Most of the discount rates for
commercial loans, other real estate mortgage loans and real estate construction
loans are between 7.75% and 10.0%, 7.75% and 11.25%, and 7.25% and 9.75%,
respectively, at December 31, 1997. Most of the discount rates for the same
portfolios in 1996 were between 7.75% and 9.5%, 7.75% and 12.25%, and 7.75% and
11.0%, respectively.

For real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgages, fair value is
calculated by discounting contractual cash flows, adjusted for prepayment
estimates, using discount rates based on current industry pricing for loans of
similar size, type, remaining maturity and repricing characteristics. Most of
the discount rates applied to this portfolio are between 5.5% and 7.75% at
December 31, 1997 and 5.5% and 8.5% at December 31, 1996.

For credit card loans, the portfolio's yield is equal to the Company's current
pricing and, therefore, the fair value is equal to book value.

                                       68

<PAGE>

The following table presents a summary of the Company's financial instruments,
as defined by FAS 107:

<TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                   December 31,
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                            1997                          1996
                                                         -----------------------       -----------------------
                                                         CARRYING      ESTIMATED       Carrying      Estimated
(in millions)                                              AMOUNT     FAIR VALUE         amount     fair value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Cash and due from banks                                   $ 8,169        $ 8,169        $11,736        $11,736
Federal funds sold and securities 
     purchased under resale agreements                         82             82            187            187
Investment securities at fair value                         9,888          9,888         13,505         13,505
Loans:
     Commercial                                            20,144         20,229         19,515         19,550
     Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                  8,869          8,895         10,425         10,343
     Other real estate mortgage                            12,186         12,276         11,860         11,772
     Real estate construction                               2,320          2,351          2,303          2,319
     Consumer                                              18,089         17,410         20,114         19,149
     Lease financing                                        4,047          4,005          3,003          3,022
     Foreign                                                   79             71            169            162
                                                          -------        -------        -------        -------
                                                           65,734         65,237         67,389         66,317
     Less:  Allowance for loan losses                       1,828             --          2,018             --
            Net deferred fees on loan commitments 
              and standby letters of credit                    64             --             76             --
                                                          -------        -------        -------        -------
            Net loans                                      63,842         65,237         65,295         66,317
Due from customers on acceptances                              98             98            197            197
Nonmarketable equity investments                            1,113          1,338          1,085          1,361
Other financial assets                                      1,010          1,010            637            637

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Deposits                                                  $72,199        $72,290        $81,821        $81,943
Federal funds purchased and securities 
     sold under repurchase agreements                       3,576          3,576          2,029          2,029
Commercial paper and other 
     short-term borrowings                                    249            249            401            401
Acceptances outstanding                                        98             98            197            197
Senior debt (1)                                             1,924          1,990          2,053          2,117
Subordinated debt                                           2,585          2,447          2,940          2,806
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in Company's
     subordinated debentures                                1,299          1,339          1,150          1,151

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS (2)
Interest rate contracts:
     Floors purchased                                     $    76        $    76        $    82        $   110
     Floors written                                           (13)           (13)           (10)           (10)
     Caps purchased                                            10              9              8              7
     Caps written                                              (9)            (9)            (4)            (4)
     Swaps in a gain position                                  --            246             --            229
     Swaps in a loss position                                  --            (68)            --           (110)
     Forwards in a gain position                               --              2             --             --
Foreign exchange contracts in a gain position                  29             30             15             15
Foreign exchange contracts in a loss position                 (26)           (26)           (14)           (14)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  The carrying amount and fair value exclude obligations under capital leases
     of $59 million and $67 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
(2)  The carrying amounts include unamortized fees paid or received, deferred
     gains or losses and gains or losses on derivative financial instruments
     receiving mark-to-market treatment.


                                             69
<PAGE>


For other consumer loans, the fair value is calculated by discounting the
contractual cash flows, adjusted for prepayment estimates, based on the current
rates offered by the Company for loans with similar characteristics. Most of the
discount rates applied to this portfolio are between 7.75% and 10.0% at
December 31, 1997 and 8.0% and 10.5% at December 31, 1996.

For auto lease financing, the fair value is calculated by discounting the 
contractual cash flows at the Company's current pricing for items of similar 
remaining term, without including any tax benefits. The discount rate applied 
to this portfolio was 8.45% at December 31, 1997 and 8.22% at December 31, 
1996.

Commitments, standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of
credit not included in the previous table have contractual values of $54,019
million, $2,612 million and $337 million, respectively, at December 31, 1997,
and $55,236 million, $2,981 million and $406 million, respectively, at
December 31, 1996. These instruments generate ongoing fees at the Company's
current pricing levels. Of the commitments at December 31, 1997, 64% mature
within one year and 83% are commitments to extend credit at a floating rate.

NONMARKETABLE EQUITY INVESTMENTS

The Company's nonmarketable equity investments, including securities, are
carried at cost and have a book value of $1,113 million and $1,085 million and
an estimated fair value of $1,338 million and $1,361 million at December 31,
1997 and 1996, respectively. There are restrictions on the sale and/or
liquidation of the Company's interest, which is generally in the form of limited
partnerships; and the Company has no direct control over the investment
decisions of the limited partnerships. To estimate fair value, a significant
portion of the underlying limited partnerships' investments are valued based on
market quotes.

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

DEPOSIT LIABILITIES

FAS 107 states that the fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as
noninterest-bearing demand deposits, interest-bearing checking and market rate
and other savings, is equal to the amount payable on demand at the measurement
date. Although the FASB's requirement for these categories is not consistent
with the market practice of using prevailing interest rates to value these
amounts, the amount included for these deposits in the previous table is their
carrying value at December 31, 1997 and 1996. The fair value of other time
deposits is calculated based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows.
The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for like
deposits with similar remaining maturities.

SHORT-TERM FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

This category includes federal funds purchased and securities sold under
repurchase agreements, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings. The
carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the relatively
short period of time between the origination of the instrument and its expected
realization.

SENIOR AND SUBORDINATED DEBT

The fair value of the Company's underwritten senior and subordinated debt is
estimated based on the quoted market prices of the instruments. The fair value
of the medium-term note programs, which are part of senior debt, is calculated
based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is
estimated using the rates currently offered for new notes with similar remaining
maturities.

GUARANTEED PREFERRED BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN COMPANY'S 
SUBORDINATED  DEBENTURES

The fair value of the Company's trust preferred securities is estimated based on
the quoted market prices of the instruments.

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Derivative financial instruments are fair valued based on the estimated amounts
that the Company would receive or pay to terminate the contracts at the
reporting date (i.e., mark-to-market value). Dealer quotes are available for
substantially all of the Company's derivative financial instruments.

LIMITATIONS

These fair value disclosures are made solely to comply with the requirements of
FAS 107. The calculations represent management's best estimates; however, due to
the lack of broad markets and the significant items excluded from this
disclosure, the calculations do not represent the underlying value of the
Company. The information presented is based on fair value calculations and
market quotes as of December 31, 1997 and 1996. These amounts have not been
updated since year end; therefore, the valuations may have changed significantly
since that point in time.


                                  70
<PAGE>


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Wells Fargo & Company:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Wells Fargo &
Company and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related
consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1997.
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Wells Fargo &
Company and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of
their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.


KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP


KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
Certified Public Accountants

San Francisco, California
January 19, 1998


                                      71
<PAGE>


QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
WELLS FARGO & COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME--QUARTERLY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            1997                                    1996
                                                                   QUARTER ENDED                           Quarter ended
                                           -------------------------------------   -------------------------------------
(in millions)                              DEC. 31  SEPT. 30   JUNE 30   MAR. 31   Dec. 31  Sept. 30   June 30   Mar. 31
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>
INTEREST INCOME                             $1,706    $1,707    $1,716    $1,773    $1,812    $1,847    $1,858    $1,006
INTEREST EXPENSE                               579       579       569       561       562       552       558       330
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
NET INTEREST INCOME                          1,127     1,128     1,147     1,212     1,250     1,295     1,300       676

Provision for loan losses                      195       175       140       105        70        35        --        --
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
Net interest income after
     provision for loan losses                 932       953     1,007     1,107     1,180     1,260     1,300       676
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
NONINTEREST INCOME
Fees and commissions                           252       246       234       214       207       205       211       118
Service charges on deposit accounts            212       214       214       221       233       254       258       122
Trust and investment services income           113       117       112       109       110       104       104        59
Investment securities gains (losses)            14        (1)        3         4         8        --         3        --
Other                                          117       101       116        92         6        80        63        55
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
     Total noninterest income                  708       677       679       640       564       643       639       354
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Salaries                                       305       308       316       341       397       378       400       181
Incentive compensation                          52        54        49        41        80        53        61        32
Employee benefits                               75        80        81        95       112       105       102        54
Equipment                                       96        97        98        94       129       103       111        55
Net occupancy                                   95        96        95       102       109        96       108        53
Goodwill                                        81        81        81        83        80        81        81         9
Core deposit intangible                         62        64        67        62        73        78        82        10
Operating losses                                58        40       180        42        73        31        27        14
Other                                          274       267       279       257       435       380       305       159
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
     Total noninterest expense               1,098     1,087     1,246     1,117     1,488     1,305     1,277       567
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX
     EXPENSE                                   542       543       440       630       256       598       662       463
Income tax expense                             244       253       212       291       133       277       299       199
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
NET INCOME                                  $  298    $  290    $  228    $  339    $  123    $  321    $  363    $  264
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
NET INCOME APPLICABLE TO
     COMMON STOCK                           $  294    $  285    $  222    $  329    $  103    $  302    $  344    $  254
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE                   $ 3.40    $ 3.26    $ 2.49    $ 3.62    $ 1.12    $ 3.23    $ 3.61    $ 5.39
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE - 
     ASSUMING DILUTION                      $ 3.36    $ 3.23    $ 2.47    $ 3.58    $ 1.11    $ 3.19    $ 3.56    $ 5.30
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER 
     COMMON SHARE                           $ 1.30    $ 1.30    $ 1.30    $ 1.30    $ 1.30    $ 1.30    $ 1.30    $ 1.30
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
Average common shares outstanding             86.5      87.5      89.0      90.8      92.2      93.7      95.6      47.0
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
Average common shares outstanding -
     assuming dilution                        87.3      88.4      89.9      91.9      93.3      94.8      96.9      47.8
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                            ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                                          72
<PAGE>

WELLS FARGO & COMPANY

APPENDIX TO
EXHIBIT 13


Description                                                      Page number

1.   Line graph of Return on Average Total Assets (ROA) and
     "Cash" ROA for 1997, 1996, 1995, 1994, and 1993 
     (SHOWN IN %).

<TABLE>
          <S>             <C>              <C>
                          ROA              "Cash" ROA
          1997            1.16                1.77
          1996            1.15                1.66
          1995            2.03                2.12
          1994            1.62                1.71
          1993            1.20                1.28                         10
</TABLE>

2.   Line graph of Return on Common Stockholders' Equity (ROE) and
     "Cash" ROE for 1997, 1996, 1995, 1994, and 1993 (shown in %).

<TABLE>
          <S>            <C>              <C>
                           ROE            "Cash" ROE
          1997            8.79               34.39
          1996            8.83               28.46
          1995           29.70               34.92
          1994           22.41               26.88
          1993           16.74               20.98                         10
</TABLE>

3.   Line graph of Net Interest Margin for 1997, 1996 and
     1995 (shown in %).  Also presented is the yield on
     total earning assets and the rate on total funding
     sources for the same periods.  This information is
     also presented in Table 6 - AVERAGE BALANCES, YIELDS
     AND RATES PAID on pages 18 and 19.                                    16

4.   Bar graph of the Loan Mix at Year End shown as a
     percentage of total loans at December 31, 1997, 1996
     and 1995.

<TABLE>
                                   1997       1996           1995
          <S>                      <C>        <C>            <C>
          Commercial                 31%        29%            27%
          Real Estate 1-4
             family first
             mortgage                13         15             13
          Other real estate
             mortgage                19         19             23
          Real estate
             construction             4          3              4
          Consumer                   28         30             28
          Lease Financing             6          4              5
                                   ----       ----           ----
          Total                     100%       100%           100%         22
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


5.   Line graph of Nonaccrual Loans at December 31, 1997,
     1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993 (shown in billions).  This 
     information is also presented in Table 13-NONACCRUAL
     AND RESTRUCTURED LOANS AND OTHER ASSETS on page 24.                   25


6.   Line graph of New Loans Placed on Nonaccrual at December 31,
     1997, 1996, 1995, 1994 and 1993 (shown in billions).
<TABLE>
          <S>                       <C>
          1997                      0.4
          1996                      0.7
          1995                      0.5
          1994                      0.3
          1993                      0.8                                    25
</TABLE>

7.   Bar graph of Core Deposits at Year End at December 31,
     1997, 1996 and 1995 (shown in billions).

<TABLE>
                                     1997       1996           1995
          <S>                        <C>        <C>            <C>
          Noninterest-bearing        24.0       29.1           10.4
          Interest-bearing
            checking                  2.2        2.8             .9
          Market rate and
            other savings            29.9       33.9           17.9
          Savings certificates       15.3       15.8            8.6
                                   ------     ------         ------
            Total Core Deposits     $71.4      $81.6          $37.9        28
</TABLE>

8.   Bar graph on the Price Range of Common Stock
     (high, low, closing price) on an annual
     basis for 1997, 1996 and 1995 (shown in dollars).
     This information is also presented in Table 1-
     RATIOS AND PER COMMON SHARE DATA on page 11.                          34

9.   Bar graph on the Price Range of Common Stock
     (high, low, closing price) on a quarterly
     basis for 1997 and 1996 (shown in dollars). 

<TABLE>
                          HIGH           LOW            QTR END
      1997
     <S>                  <C>            <C>            <C>
       1Q                 $319.25        $271.00        $284.13
       2Q                  287.88         246.00         269.50
       3Q                  279.88         250.13         275.00
       4Q                  339.44         275.75         339.44

      1996
       1Q                 $261.25        $203.13        $261.25
       2Q                  264.50         232.13         239.13
       3Q                  264.00         220.13         260.00
       4Q                  289.88         250.25         269.75            34 
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT 23
                        WELLS FARGO & COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


The Board of Directors of Wells Fargo & Company:

          We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statements noted below on Forms S-3 and S-8 of Wells Fargo & Company of our
report dated January 19, 1998, relating to the consolidated balance sheet of
Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the
related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity and
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1997, which report appears in the December 31, 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K
of Wells Fargo & Company.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  Registration
Statement Number         Form                      Description
- ----------------         ----                      -----------

<S>                      <C>    <C>
333-10501                S-8    Employee Stock Purchase Plan

33-7274, 33-40781        S-8    Equity Incentive Plans

33-26052, 33-41731       S-8    Director Option Plans

2-93338                  S-8    Tax Advantage Plan and Tax Advantage Plan Sales
                                by Wells Fargo Bank

33-54441                 S-8    Long-Term Incentive Plan

2-88534, 33-47434        S-3    Dividend Reinvestment and Common Stock Purchase
                                and Share Custody Plan

33-64575                 S-8    Common stock issuable under employee stock and
                                option plans of First Interstate Bancorp assumed
                                in the acquisition

333-10469                S-3    Shelf registration of senior and subordinated
                                debt securities, preferred stock, depositary
                                shares and common stock 

333-15253                S-3    Shelf registration of senior and subordinated
                                debt securities, preferred stock, depositary
                                shares and common stock
</TABLE>


                                        KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP

San Francisco, California
March 12, 1998



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 9
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE 10-K
DATED MARCH 16, 1998 FOR THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND IS QUALIFIED IN
ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL INFORMATION.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                           8,169
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                               0
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                    82
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                      9,888
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                               0
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                                 0
<LOANS>                                         65,734
<ALLOWANCE>                                      1,828
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  97,456
<DEPOSITS>                                      72,199
<SHORT-TERM>                                     3,825
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                              2,578
<LONG-TERM>                                      5,867
                                0
                                        275
<COMMON>                                           431
<OTHER-SE>                                      12,183
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                  97,456
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                  6,094
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                  732
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                    60
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                 6,904
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                               1,703
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               2,290
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                            4,614
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                      615
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                  20
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                  4,549
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  2,154
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                       1,155
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     1,155
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    12.77
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    12.64
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    5.99
<LOANS-NON>                                        528
<LOANS-PAST>                                       243
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     9
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                      0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                 2,018
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                  (1,078)
<RECOVERIES>                                       273
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                1,828
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                                 0
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                              0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission